diff --git a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv index 7107b1ffa..8de6c8cdf 100644 --- a/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv +++ b/en_tn_45-ACT.tsv @@ -1,453 +1,861 @@ Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote -ACT front intro mw28 0 # Introduction to Acts

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of the Book of Acts

1. The beginning of the church and its mission (1:1–2:41)
2. The early church in Jerusalem (2:42–6:7)
3. Increasing opposition and the martyrdom of Steven (6:8–7:60)
4. The persecution of the church and Philip’s ministry (8:1–40)
5. Paul becomes an apostle (9:1–31)
6. The ministry of Peter and the first Gentile converts (9:32–12:24)
7. Paul, the apostle to Gentiles, the Jewish law, and council of church leaders at Jerusalem (12:25–16:5)
8. The expansion of the church into the middle Mediterranean area and Asia Minor (16:6–19:20)
9. Paul travels to Jerusalem and becomes a prisoner in Rome (19:21–28:31)

### What is the Book of Acts about?

The Book of Acts tells the story of the early church as more and more people became believers. It shows the power of the Holy Spirit helping the early Christians. The events in this book began when Jesus went back to heaven and ended about thirty years later.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Acts of the Apostles.” Or translators may choose a title that may be clearer, for example, “The Acts of the Holy Spirit through the Apostles.”

### Who wrote the Book of Acts?

This book does not give the name of the author. However, it is addressed to Theophilus, the same person to whom the Gospel of Luke is addressed. Also, in parts of the book, the author uses the word “we.” This indicates that the author traveled with Paul. Most scholars think that Luke was this person traveling with Paul. Therefore, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought Luke is the author of the Book of Acts as well as the Gospel of Luke.

Luke was a medical doctor. His way of writing shows that he was an educated man. He was probably a Gentile. He saw many of the events described in the Book of Acts.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What is the Church?

The Church is the group of people who believe in Christ. The Church includes both Jew and Gentile believers. The events in this book show God helping the Church. He empowered believers to live righteous lives through his Holy Spirit.

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### What are the major issues in the text of the Book of Acts?

These are the most significant textual issues in Acts:

The following verses are found in older versions of the Bible, but they are not in the best ancient copies of the Bible. Some modern versions put the verses in square brackets (\[\]). The ULT and UST put them in a footnote.

* “Philip said, ‘If you believe with all your heart, you may be baptized.’ The Ethiopian answered, ‘I believe that Jesus Christ is the Son of God’” (Acts 8:37).
* “But it seemed good to Silas to remain there.” (Acts 15:34)
* “And we wanted to judge him according to our law. But Lysias, the officer, came and forcibly took him out of our hands, sending him to you.” (Acts 24:6b-8a)
* “When he had said these things, the Jews departed, having a great dispute among themselves.” (Acts 28:29)

In the following verses, it is uncertain what the original text said. Translators will need to choose which reading to translate. The ULT has the first readings but include the second readings in footnotes.

* “They returned from Jerusalem” (Acts 12:25). Some versions read, “They returned to Jerusalem (or to there).”
* “he put up with them” (Acts 13:18). Some versions read, “he cared for them.”
* “This is what the Lord says, who has done these things that have been known from ancient times.” (Acts 15:17-18). Some older versions read, “This is what the Lord says, to whom are known all his deeds from ancient times.”

(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) -ACT 1 intro vyg9 0 # Acts 01 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

This chapter records an event, commonly known as the “Ascension,” when Jesus returned to heaven after he became alive again. He will not come back until he returns at his “second coming.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/resurrection]])

The UST has set the words “Dear Theophilus” apart from the other words. This is because English speakers often start letters this way. You might want to start this book the way people start letters in your culture.

Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the two quotes from Psalms in 1:20.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Baptize

The word “baptize” has two meanings in this chapter. It refers to the water baptism of John and to the baptism of the Holy Spirit ([Acts 1:5](../../act/01/05.md)). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/baptize]])

### “He spoke about the kingdom of God”

Some scholars believe that when Jesus “spoke about the kingdom of God,” he explained to the disciples why the kingdom of God did not come before he died. Others believe that the kingdom of God did begin while Jesus was alive and that here Jesus was explaining that it was beginning in a new form.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### The twelve disciples

The following are the lists of the twelve disciples:

In Matthew:

Simon (Peter), Andrew, James son of Zebedee, John son of Zebedee, Philip, Bartholomew, Thomas, Matthew, James son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot and Judas Iscariot.

In Mark:

Simon (Peter), Andrew, James the son of Zebedee and John the son of Zebedee (to whom he gave the name Boanerges, that is, sons of thunder), Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Thaddaeus, Simon the Zealot, and Judas Iscariot.

In Luke:

Simon (Peter), Andrew, James, John, Philip, Bartholomew, Matthew, Thomas, James the son of Alphaeus, Simon (who was called the Zealot), Judas the son of James, and Judas Iscariot.

Thaddaeus is probably the same person as Jude, the son of James.

### Akeldama

This is a phrase in Hebrew or Aramaic. Luke used Greek letters so his readers would know how it sounded, and then he told what it means. You should probably spell it the way it sounds in your language and then explain the meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) -ACT 1 1 q9ep τὸν μὲν πρῶτον λόγον ἐποιησάμην 1 The former book I wrote The **former book** is the Gospel according to Luke. -ACT 1 1 ryj5 translate-names ὦ Θεόφιλε 1 O Theophilus Luke wrote this book to a man named **Theophilus**. Some translations follow their own culture’s way of addressing a letter and write “Dear Theophilus” at the beginning of the sentence. Theophilus means “friend of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 1 2 n435 figs-activepassive ἄχρι ἧς ἡμέρας…ἀνελήμφθη 1 until the day when he was taken up This refers to Jesus’ ascension into heaven. Alternate translation: “until the day on which God took him up to heaven” or “until the day that he ascended into heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 1 2 a394 ἐντειλάμενος…διὰ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου 1 having given commands through the Holy Spirit The Holy Spirit led Jesus to instruct his apostles on certain things. -ACT 1 3 dup3 μετὰ τὸ παθεῖν αὐτὸν 1 After his suffering This refers to Jesus’ suffering and death on the cross. -ACT 1 3 yc16 οἷς…παρέστησεν ἑαυτὸν ζῶντα 1 he … presented himself alive to them Jesus appeared to his apostles and to many other disciples. -ACT 1 4 d3kr figs-you 0 General Information: Here the word “he” refers to Jesus. Except where otherwise noted, the word “you” in the book of Acts is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -ACT 1 4 lw3e 0 Connecting Statement: This event happened during the 40 days that Jesus appeared to his followers after he had risen from the dead. -ACT 1 4 vb7g συναλιζόμενος 1 meeting together with them “When Jesus was meeting together with his apostles” -ACT 1 4 sg4h figs-metonymy τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Πατρὸς 1 the promise of the Father This is a reference to the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit, whom the Father promised to send” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 1 4 tj6r ἣν 1 which If you translated the previous phrase to include the words “Holy Spirit,” you can change the word **which** to “whom.” -ACT 1 5 uu4k Ἰωάννης μὲν ἐβάπτισεν ὕδατι; ὑμεῖς δὲ ἐν Πνεύματι βαπτισθήσεσθε Ἁγίῳ 1 John indeed baptized with water, but you will be baptized in the Holy Spirit Jesus contrasts how John baptized people in water with how God would baptize believers in the Holy Spirit. -ACT 1 5 fnq5 Ἰωάννης μὲν ἐβάπτισεν ὕδατι 1 John indeed baptized with water “John indeed baptized people with water” -ACT 1 5 dzj1 figs-activepassive ὑμεῖς…βαπτισθήσεσθε 1 you will be baptized This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God will baptize you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 1 6 n9wt 0 General Information: Here the word “they” refers to the apostles. -ACT 1 6 f7uj εἰ ἐν τῷ χρόνῳ τούτῳ, ἀποκαθιστάνεις τὴν βασιλείαν τῷ Ἰσραήλ 1 are you restoring the kingdom to Israel at this time “will you now make Israel a great kingdom again” -ACT 1 7 y1fu figs-doublet χρόνους ἢ καιροὺς 1 the times or the seasons Possible meanings are (1) the words **times** and **seasons** refer to different kinds of time. Alternate translation: “the general period of time or the specific date” or (2) the two words are basically synonymous. Alternate translation: “the exact time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -ACT 1 8 ld4k λήμψεσθε δύναμιν,…καὶ ἔσεσθέ μου μάρτυρες 1 you will receive power … and you will be my witnesses The apostles will receive power that will enable them to be witnesses for Jesus. Alternate translation: “God will empower you … to be my witnesses” -ACT 1 8 vb4m figs-idiom ἕως ἐσχάτου τῆς γῆς 1 to the end of the earth Possible meanings are (1) “all over the world” or (2) “to the places on earth that are farthest away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 1 9 e1q1 figs-explicit βλεπόντων αὐτῶν 1 as they were looking up “as they watched.” The apostles **were looking up** at Jesus because Jesus rose into the sky. Alternate translation: “as they were looking up at the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 1 9 l1cq figs-activepassive ἐπήρθη 1 he was raised up This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he rose up into the sky” or “God took him up into the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 1 9 ug58 νεφέλη ὑπέλαβεν αὐτὸν ἀπὸ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν 1 a cloud hid him from their eyes “a cloud blocked their view so that they could no longer see him” -ACT 1 10 enu1 ἀτενίζοντες…εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν 1 looking intensely into heaven “staring at the sky” or “gazing at the sky” -ACT 1 11 gpg3 ἄνδρες, Γαλιλαῖοι 1 Men, Galileans The angels address the apostles as men who are from Galilee. -ACT 1 11 cue7 ἐλεύσεται ὃν τρόπον 1 will return in the same manner Jesus will return in the sky, just as clouds covered him when he arose into heaven. -ACT 1 11 11a2 εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν…εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν 2 In its third occurrence in this verse, the term **heaven** likely means “the sky,” as in the previous verse. However, in its second occurrence, the term likely means “heaven” itself. It would not be appropriate to say in your translation that Jesus was just “taken up from you into the sky.” Alternate translation: “into heaven … into the sky” -ACT 1 12 x2nk τότε ὑπέστρεψαν 1 Then they returned “Then the apostles returned” -ACT 1 12 p19g figs-explicit Σαββάτου ἔχον ὁδόν 1 a Sabbath day’s journey This refers to the distance which, according to Rabbinical tradition, a person was allowed to walk on a Sabbath day. Alternate translation: “about one kilometer away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 1 13 vis2 καὶ ὅτε εἰσῆλθον 1 When they had arrived Verse 12 says they were returning to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “When they had reached their destination” -ACT 1 13 zt12 τὸ ὑπερῷον 1 the upper chamber “the room on the upper level of the house” -ACT 1 14 z6cf οὗτοι πάντες ἦσαν…ὁμοθυμαδὸν 1 They were all … with one accord This means that the apostles and believers there all shared a common commitment and purpose, and there was no strife among them. -ACT 1 14 u4pr προσκαρτεροῦντες…τῇ προσευχῇ 1 diligently continuing in prayer This means that the disciples prayed together regularly and frequently. -ACT 1 15 cup2 0 Connecting Statement: This event happened during the time that Peter and the other believers were staying together in the upper room. -ACT 1 15 il8w writing-newevent ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ταύταις 1 In those days These words mark the beginning of a new part of the story. They refer to the period of time after Jesus ascended while the disciples were meeting in the upper chamber. Alternate translation: “During that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) -ACT 1 15 tl5m translate-numbers ἑκατὸν εἴκοσι 1 120 “one hundred and twenty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -ACT 1 15 liz1 ἐν μέσῳ τῶν ἀδελφῶν 1 in the midst of the brothers Here the word **brothers** refers to fellow believers and includes both men and women. -ACT 1 16 i8tl figs-activepassive ἔδει πληρωθῆναι τὴν Γραφὴν 1 it was necessary for the scripture to be fulfilled This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the things that we read about in scripture had to take place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 1 16 f3um figs-metonymy διὰ στόματος Δαυεὶδ 1 by the mouth of David The word **mouth** refers to the words that David wrote. Alternate translation: “through the words of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 1 17 tmv1 writing-background 0 General Information: In verses 18-19 the author tells the reader background information about how Judas died and what people called the field where he died. This is not part of Peter’s speech. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -ACT 1 17 tmv2 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Although Peter is addressing the entire group of people, here the word “us” refers only to the apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ACT 1 17 q73y 0 Connecting Statement: In verse 17 Peter continues his speech to the believers that he began in [Acts 1:16](../01/16.md). -ACT 1 18 dd58 οὗτος 1 this man The words **this man** refers to Judas Iscariot. -ACT 1 18 w83j figs-explicit μισθοῦ τῆς ἀδικίας 1 the wages of his unrighteousness The words **his unrighteousness** refer to Judas Iscariot betraying Jesus to the people who killed him. Alternate translation: “the money that he earned from the evil thing that he did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 1 18 kg3q figs-explicit πρηνὴς γενόμενος, ἐλάκησεν μέσος, καὶ ἐξεχύθη πάντα τὰ σπλάγχνα αὐτοῦ 1 having fallen headfirst, his belly burst open, and all his inward parts were poured out This suggests that Judas fell from a high place, rather than just falling down. The fall was severe enough to cause his body to burst open. Other passages of scripture mention that he hanged himself. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 1 19 mxf3 Χωρίον Αἵματος 1 Field of Blood When the people living in Jerusalem heard of the way in which Judas died, they renamed the field. -ACT 1 20 d7pk 0 General Information: Based on the situation with Judas that Peter just recounted, he recalls two Psalms of David that relate to the incident. The quote ends at the end of this verse. -ACT 1 20 mz13 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues his speech to the believers that he began in [Acts 1:16](../01/16.md). -ACT 1 20 ip5w figs-activepassive γέγραπται γὰρ ἐν βίβλῳ Ψαλμῶν 1 For it is written in the Book of Psalms This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “For David wrote in the Book of Psalms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 1 20 mc45 figs-parallelism γενηθήτω ἡ ἔπαυλις αὐτοῦ ἔρημος, καὶ μὴ ἔστω ὁ κατοικῶν ἐν αὐτῇ 1 Let his dwelling place be made desolate, and do not let a person live in it These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -ACT 1 20 chq4 figs-metaphor ἡ ἔπαυλις αὐτοῦ 1 his dwelling place Possible meanings are (1) that the words **dwelling place** refers to the field where Judas died or (2) that the words **dwelling place** refers to Judas’s home and is a metaphor for his family line. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 1 20 lsm2 γενηθήτω…ἔρημος 1 Let … be made desolate “Let … become empty” -ACT 1 21 xz69 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “us” refers to the apostles and does not include the audience to whom Peter is speaking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ACT 1 21 t916 0 Connecting Statement: Peter finishes his speech to the believers that he began in [Acts 1:16](../01/16.md). -ACT 1 21 c5k2 δεῖ οὖν 1 Therefore, it is necessary for Based on the scriptures that he quoted and on what Judas had done, Peter tells the group what they must do. -ACT 1 21 zuf7 figs-idiom εἰσῆλθεν καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς ὁ Κύριος Ἰησοῦς 1 the Lord Jesus came in and went out among us Going in and out among a group of people is a metaphor for openly being part of that group. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus lived among us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 1 22 mrx7 ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ τοῦ βαπτίσματος Ἰωάννου ἕως τῆς ἡμέρας ἧς ἀνελήμφθη ἀφ’ ἡμῶν, μάρτυρα τῆς ἀναστάσεως αὐτοῦ σὺν ἡμῖν, γενέσθαι ἕνα τούτων 1 beginning from the baptism of John to the day that he was taken up from us—one of these to become a witness with us of his resurrection The qualification for the new apostle that began with the words “it is necessary for, of the men who accompanied us” in verse 21 ends here. The subject of the verb “it is necessary for” is thus “one of these.” Here is a reduced form of the sentence: “it is necessary for … one of these men who accompanied us … beginning from the baptism of John … to be a witness with us.” -ACT 1 22 qb8j figs-abstractnouns ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ τοῦ βαπτίσματος Ἰωάννου 1 beginning from the baptism of John The noun **baptism** can be translated as a verb. Possible meanings: (1) “beginning from when John baptized Jesus” or (2) “beginning from when John baptized people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ACT 1 22 yi3a figs-activepassive ἕως τῆς ἡμέρας ἧς ἀνελήμφθη ἀφ’ ἡμῶν 1 to the day that he was taken up from us This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “until the day when Jesus left us and rose up to heaven” or “until the day that God took him up from us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 1 22 g3n9 μάρτυρα τῆς ἀναστάσεως αὐτοῦ σὺν ἡμῖν, γενέσθαι 1 to become a witness with us of his resurrection “must begin to testify with us about his resurrection” -ACT 1 23 lz7y figs-explicit ἔστησαν δύο 1 They stood up two men Here the word **they** refers to all of the believers who were present. Alternate translation: “they proposed two men who fulfilled the requirements that Peter listed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 1 23 s1ff figs-activepassive Ἰωσὴφ τὸν καλούμενον Βαρσαββᾶν, ὃς ἐπεκλήθη Ἰοῦστος 1 Joseph who is called Barsabbas, who was also named Justus This can be translated with an active form. Alternate translation: “Joseph, whom people also called Barsabbas and Justus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 1 24 zd1f figs-explicit προσευξάμενοι, εἶπαν 1 having prayed, they said Here the word **they** refers to all of the believers, but it was probably one of the apostles who spoke these words. Alternate translation: “the believers prayed together and one of the apostles said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 1 24 se6m figs-metonymy σὺ Κύριε, καρδιογνῶστα πάντων 1 You, Lord, know the hearts of everyone Here the word **hearts** refers to the thoughts and motives. Alternate translation: “You, Lord, know the thoughts and motives of everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 1 25 mg47 figs-doublet λαβεῖν τὸν τόπον τῆς διακονίας ταύτης καὶ ἀποστολῆς 1 to take the place of this ministry and apostleship Here the word **apostleship** defines what kind of **ministry** this is. Alternate translation: “to take Judas’ place in this apostolic ministry” or “to take Judas’ place in serving as an apostle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -ACT 1 25 ryv6 ἀφ’ ἧς παρέβη Ἰούδας 1 from which Judas turned away Here the expression **turned away** means that Judas stopped performing this ministry. Alternate translation: “which Judas stopped fulfilling” -ACT 1 25 tx6n figs-euphemism πορευθῆναι εἰς τὸν τόπον τὸν ἴδιον 1 to go to his own place This phrase refers to Judas’ death and likely to his judgment after death. Alternate translation: “to go where he belongs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -ACT 1 26 r84c ἔδωκαν κλήρους αὐτοῖς 1 they cast lots for them The apostles cast lots to decide between Joseph and Matthias. -ACT 1 26 w4ph ἔπεσεν ὁ κλῆρος ἐπὶ Μαθθίαν 1 the lot fell to Matthias The lot indicated that Matthias was the one to replace Judas. -ACT 1 26 fk4x figs-activepassive συνκατεψηφίσθη μετὰ τῶν ἕνδεκα ἀποστόλων 1 he was numbered with the eleven apostles This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the believers considered him to be an apostle with the other eleven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 2 intro x8fr 0 # Acts 02 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 2:17-21, 25-28, and 34-35.

Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the quoted material in 2:31.

The events described in this chapter are commonly called “Pentecost.” Many people believe that the church began to exist when the Holy Spirit came to live inside believers in this chapter.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Tongues

The word “tongues” has two meanings in this chapter. Luke describes what came down from heaven ([Acts 2:3](../../act/02/03.md)) as tongues that looked like fire. This is different from “a tongue of flame,” which is a fire that looks like a tongue. Luke also uses the word “tongues” to describe the languages that the people spoke after the Holy Spirit filled them ([Acts 2:4](../02/04.md)).

### Last days

No one knows for sure when the “last days” ([Acts 2:17](../../act/02/17.md)) began. Your translation should not say more than the ULT does about this. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]])

### Baptize

The word “baptize” in this chapter refers to Christian baptism ([Acts 2:38-41](../02/38.md)). Though the event described in [Acts 2:1-11](./01.md) is the baptism of the Holy Spirit that Jesus promised in [Acts 1:5](../../act/01/05.md), the word “baptize” here does not refer to that event. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/baptize]])

### The prophecy of Joel

Many of the things that Joel said would happen did happen on the day of Pentecost ([Acts 2:17-18](../02/17.md)), but some things Joel spoke of did not happen ([Acts 2:19-20](../02/19.md)). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

### Wonders and signs

These words refer to things that only God could do that showed that Jesus is who the disciples said he is. -ACT 2 1 i4sa 0 General Information: This is a new event; it is now the Day of Pentecost, 50 days after Passover. -ACT 2 1 i4sb 0 General Information: Here the word “they” refers to the apostles and the other 120 believers that Luke mentions in [Acts 1:15](../01/15.md). -ACT 2 2 jc1w ἄφνω 1 suddenly This word refers to an event that happens unexpectedly. -ACT 2 2 qjc3 ἐγένετο…ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ ἦχος 1 there came from heaven a sound Possible meanings are (1) **heaven** refers to the place where God lives. Alternate translation: “a sound came from heaven” or (2) **heaven** refers to the sky. Alternate translation: “a sound came from the sky” -ACT 2 2 jec5 ἦχος, ὥσπερ φερομένης πνοῆς βιαίας 1 a sound like a strong, rushing wind “a noise that sounded like a very strong wind blowing” -ACT 2 2 t4y4 ὅλον τὸν οἶκον 1 the whole house This may have been a house or a larger building. -ACT 2 3 re3t figs-simile ὤφθησαν αὐτοῖς…γλῶσσαι ὡσεὶ πυρός 1 there appeared to them … tongues like fire These might not be actual tongues or fire, but something that looked like them. Possible meanings are (1) tongues that looked like they were made of fire or (2) small flames of fire that looked like tongues. When fire burns in a small space, such as on a lamp, the flame can be shaped like a tongue. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) -ACT 2 3 xtk4 διαμεριζόμεναι γλῶσσαι ὡσεὶ πυρός, καὶ ἐκάθισεν ἐφ’ ἕνα ἕκαστον αὐτῶν 1 distributed tongues like fire, and they sat upon each one of them This means that the **tongues like fire** spread out so that there was one on each person. -ACT 2 4 v7hi figs-activepassive ἐπλήσθησαν πάντες Πνεύματος Ἁγίου, καὶ 1 they were all filled with the Holy Spirit and This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “The Holy Spirit filled all of those who were there and they” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 2 4 nr9f λαλεῖν ἑτέραις γλώσσαις 1 speak in other tongues They were speaking in languages that they did not already know. -ACT 2 5 dz1l writing-background 0 General Information: Here the word “them” refers to the believers; the word “his” refers to each person in the multitude. Verse 5 gives background information about the large number of Jews who were living in Jerusalem, many of whom were present during this event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -ACT 2 5 yft2 ἄνδρες εὐλαβεῖς 1 godly men Here **godly men** refers to people who were devout in their worship of God and tried to obey all of the Jewish laws. -ACT 2 5 stq9 figs-hyperbole παντὸς ἔθνους τῶν ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανόν 1 every nation that is under heaven “every nation in the world.” The word **every** is an exaggeration that emphasizes that the people came from many different nations. Alternate translation: “many different nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -ACT 2 6 bpj7 figs-activepassive γενομένης δὲ τῆς φωνῆς ταύτης 1 And when this sound happened This refers to the **sound** that was similar to a strong wind. Alternate translation: “When they heard this sound” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 2 6 u9hc τὸ πλῆθος 1 the multitude “the large crowd of people” -ACT 2 7 m8kd figs-doublet ἐξίσταντο δὲ πάντες καὶ ἐθαύμαζον 1 And they were all amazed and were marveling These two words share similar meanings. Together they emphasize the intensity of amazement. Alternate translation: “And they were greatly amazed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -ACT 2 7 wnk2 figs-rquestion οὐχ ἰδοὺ, ἅπαντες οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ λαλοῦντες Γαλιλαῖοι 1 Behold, are not all these who are speaking Galileans? The people ask this question to express their amazement. The question could be changed to an exclamation. Alternate translation: “All of these Galileans could not possibly know our languages!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclamations]]) -ACT 2 8 hzm8 figs-rquestion καὶ πῶς ἡμεῖς ἀκούομεν ἕκαστος τῇ ἰδίᾳ διαλέκτῳ ἡμῶν, ἐν ᾗ ἐγεννήθημεν 1 So how are we hearing, each in our own language in which we were born? Possible meanings are (1) this is a rhetorical question that expresses how amazed they were or (2) this is a real question for which the people wanted an answer. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ACT 2 8 wb5t τῇ ἰδίᾳ διαλέκτῳ ἡμῶν, ἐν ᾗ ἐγεννήθημεν 1 in our own language in which we were born “in our own languages that we have learned from birth” -ACT 2 9 f1ve translate-names Πάρθοι,…Μῆδοι,…Ἐλαμεῖται 1 Parthians … Medes … Elamites These are names of people groups. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 2 9 dm23 translate-names τὴν Μεσοποταμίαν, Ἰουδαίαν;…Καππαδοκίαν, Πόντον,…Ἀσίαν; 1 in Mesopotamia … in Judea … in Cappadocia … in Pontus … in Asia These are names of large areas of land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 2 10 tmb4 translate-names Φρυγίαν,…Παμφυλίαν, Αἴγυπτον,…Λιβύης…Κυρήνην 1 Phrygia … Pamphylia … in Egypt … of Libya … Cyrene These are names of large areas of land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 2 11 jnp7 translate-names Κρῆτες…Ἄραβες 1 Cretans … Arabians These are names of people groups. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) -ACT 2 11 w8jy προσήλυτοι 1 proselytes converts to the Jewish religion -ACT 2 12 el2f figs-doublet ἐξίσταντο…καὶ διηποροῦντο 1 they were … amazed and were perplexed These two words share similar meanings. Together they emphasize that the people could not understand what was happening. Alternate translation: “they were … surprised and were confused” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -ACT 2 13 fg59 figs-idiom γλεύκους μεμεστωμένοι εἰσίν 1 They are full of new wine Some people accuse the believers of having drunk too much wine. Alternate translation: “They are drunk” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 2 13 jj1n γλεύκους 1 new wine This refers to wine that is in the process of fermentation. -ACT 2 14 k5hr 0 Connecting Statement: Peter begins his speech to the Jews who were there on the Day of Pentecost. -ACT 2 14 c919 σταθεὶς…σὺν τοῖς ἕνδεκα 1 having stood with the eleven All the apostles stood up in support of Peter’s statement. -ACT 2 14 d9tb ἐπῆρεν τὴν φωνὴν αὐτοῦ 1 raised his voice This is an idiom for “spoke loudly.” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom) -ACT 2 14 ei5j figs-activepassive τοῦτο ὑμῖν γνωστὸν ἔστω 1 let this be known to you This means that Peter is about to explain the meaning of what the people had witnessed. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “know this” or “let me explain this to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 2 14 qp16 figs-metonymy ἐνωτίσασθε τὰ ῥήματά μου 1 pay attention to my words Peter was referring to what he was saying. Alternate translation: “listen carefully to what I am saying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 2 15 h28q figs-explicit ἔστιν…ὥρα τρίτη τῆς ἡμέρας 1 it is the third hour of the day “it is only nine o’clock in the morning.” Peter expected his audience to know that people do not get drunk that early in the day. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 2 16 ktw9 0 General Information: Here Peter tells them a passage about which the prophet Joel wrote in the Old Testament that relates to what is happening with the languages in which the believers spoke. This is written in the form of poetry as well as being a quotation. -ACT 2 16 f9hz figs-activepassive τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ εἰρημένον διὰ τοῦ προφήτου Ἰωήλ 1 this is what was spoken through the prophet Joel This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “this is what God told the prophet Joel to write” or “this is that which the prophet Joel spoke” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 2 17 ijl8 ἔσται 1 it will be “this is what will happen” or “this is what I will do” -ACT 2 17 u2d1 figs-idiom ἐκχεῶ ἀπὸ τοῦ Πνεύματός μου ἐπὶ πᾶσαν σάρκα 1 I will pour out my Spirit on all flesh Here the words **pour out** mean to give generously and abundantly. Alternate translation: “I will give my Spirit abundantly to all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 2 18 uwd7 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues to quote the prophet Joel. -ACT 2 18 nd34 ἐπὶ τοὺς δούλους μου, καὶ ἐπὶ τὰς δούλας μου 1 on my servants and on my female servants “on both my male and my female servants.” These words emphasize that God will pour out his Spirit on all of his servants, both men and women. -ACT 2 18 wz2i figs-idiom ἐκχεῶ ἀπὸ τοῦ Πνεύματός μου 1 I will pour out my Spirit Here the words **pour out** mean to give generously and abundantly. See how you translated this in [Acts 2:17](../02/17.md). Alternate translation: “I will give my Spirit abundantly to all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 2 19 p5zi ἀτμίδα καπνοῦ 1 vapor of smoke “thick smoke” or “clouds of smoke” -ACT 2 20 ylv7 0 Connecting Statement: Peter finishes quoting the prophet Joel. -ACT 2 20 a6yh figs-activepassive ὁ ἥλιος μεταστραφήσεται εἰς σκότος 1 The sun will be turned to darkness This means that the sun will appear to be dark instead of light. Alternate translation: “The sun will become dark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 2 20 f34k figs-metaphor ἡ σελήνη εἰς αἷμα 1 the moon to blood This means that the moon will appear to be red like blood. Alternate translation: “the moon will appear to be red” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ACT 2 20 swb2 figs-doublet ἡμέραν…τὴν μεγάλην καὶ ἐπιφανῆ 1 of the great and remarkable day The words **great** and **remarkable** share similar meanings and emphasize the intensity of greatness. Alternate translation: “the very great day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -ACT 2 20 lc4g ἐπιφανῆ 1 remarkable beautiful -ACT 2 21 vql5 figs-activepassive πᾶς ὃς ἂν ἐπικαλέσηται τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου σωθήσεται 1 everyone who calls on the name of the Lord will be saved This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the Lord will save everyone who calls on him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 2 22 sa78 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues his speech to the Jews that he began in [Acts 1:16](../01/16.md). -ACT 2 22 g6vj ἀκούσατε τοὺς λόγους τούτους 1 hear these words “listen to what I am about to say” -ACT 2 22 f2t1 ἀποδεδειγμένον ἀπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ εἰς ὑμᾶς δυνάμεσι, καὶ τέρασι, καὶ σημείοις 1 attested to you by God with the mighty deeds, and wonders, and signs This means that God proved that he had appointed Jesus for his mission, and proved who he was by his many miracles. -ACT 2 23 s38b figs-abstractnouns τῇ, ὡρισμένῃ βουλῇ καὶ προγνώσει τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 by the predetermined counsel and foreknowledge of God The nouns **counsel** and **foreknowledge** can be translated as verbs. This means that God planned out and knew beforehand what would happen to Jesus. Alternate translation: “because God planned out and knew beforehand everything that would happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ACT 2 23 i6un figs-activepassive ἔκδοτον 1 handed over Possible meanings: (1) “you gave into the hands of his enemies” or (2) “Judas betrayed to you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 2 23 f5kn διὰ χειρὸς ἀνόμων, προσπήξαντες ἀνείλατε 1 by the hand of lawless men, you put to death, nailing him to a cross Although **lawless men** actually crucified Jesus, Peter accuses the crowd of having killed him because they demanded his death. -ACT 2 23 e38a figs-metonymy διὰ χειρὸς ἀνόμων 1 by the hand of lawless men Here **hand** refers to the actions of the lawless men. Alternate translation: “through the actions of lawless men” or “by what lawless men did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 2 23 f6kd ἀνόμων 1 lawless men Possible meanings are (1) the unbelieving Jews who accused Jesus of crimes or (2) the Roman soldiers who performed the execution of Jesus. -ACT 2 24 ei37 figs-idiom ὃν ὁ Θεὸς ἀνέστησεν 1 He is the one whom God raised up Here **raised up** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “God caused him to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 2 24 s8j3 figs-metaphor λύσας τὰς ὠδῖνας τοῦ θανάτου 1 freeing him from the agony of death Peter speaks of dying as if death were a person who ties people up with painful ropes and holds them captive. He speaks of God ending Christ’s death as if God broke the ropes that held Chist and set Christ free. Alternate translation: “ending the pains of death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ACT 2 24 ykq4 figs-activepassive κρατεῖσθαι αὐτὸν ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 for him to be held by it This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “for death to hold him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 2 24 vuf4 figs-personification κρατεῖσθαι αὐτὸν ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 for him to be held by it Peter speaks of Christ remaining dead as if death were a person who held him captive. Alternate translation: “for him to remain dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ACT 2 25 dd5a 0 General Information: Here Peter quotes a passage that David wrote in a Psalm which relates to Jesus’ crucifixion and resurrection. Since Peter says that David said these words about Jesus, the words “I” and “my” refer to Jesus and the words “Lord” and “he” refer to God. -ACT 2 25 n2ls figs-synecdoche ἐνώπιόν μου 1 before me Alternate translation: “in my presence” or “with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 2 25 l6xp figs-synecdoche ἐκ δεξιῶν μού 1 at my right hand To be at someone’s **right hand** often means to be in a position to help and sustain. Alternate translation: “right beside me” or “with me to help me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 2 25 s4yp figs-activepassive μὴ σαλευθῶ 1 I should not be moved Here the word **moved** means to be troubled. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “people will not be able to cause me trouble” or “nothing will trouble me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 2 26 z8vw figs-synecdoche ηὐφράνθη ἡ καρδία μου, καὶ ἠγαλλιάσατο ἡ γλῶσσά μου 1 my heart was glad and my tongue exulted People consider the **heart** to be the center of emotions and the **tongue** to voice those emotions. Alternate translation: “I was glad and rejoiced” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ACT 2 26 zz6k figs-synecdoche ἡ σάρξ μου κατασκηνώσει ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι 1 my flesh … will live in hope Possible meanings of the word **flesh** are (1) he is a mortal who will die. Alternate translation: “Even though I am only mortal, I will have confidence in God” or (2) it is synecdoche for his entire person. Alternate translation: “I will live with confidence in God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ACT 2 27 whi3 0 General Information: Since Peter says that David said these words about Jesus, the words “my,” “Holy One,” and “me” refer to Jesus and the words “you” and “your” refer to God. -ACT 2 27 m3ij 0 Connecting Statement: Peter finishes quoting David. -ACT 2 27 rld3 figs-123person οὐδὲ δώσεις τὸν Ὅσιόν σου ἰδεῖν διαφθοράν 1 neither will you allow your Holy One to see decay The Messiah, Jesus, refers to himself with the words **your Holy One**. Alternate translation: “neither will you allow me, your Holy One, to see decay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) -ACT 2 27 l5cd figs-explicit ἰδεῖν διαφθοράν 1 to see decay Here the word **see** means to experience something. The word **decay** refers to the decomposition of his body after death. Alternate translation: “to decay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 2 28 gsk6 ὁδοὺς ζωῆς 1 the paths of life “the ways that lead to life” -ACT 2 28 y7gf figs-metonymy πληρώσεις με εὐφροσύνης μετὰ τοῦ προσώπου σου 1 you will fill me with gladness with your face Here the word **face** refers to the presence of God. Alternate translation: “very glad when I see you” or “very glad when I am in your presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 2 28 ej5m εὐφροσύνης 1 with gladness “with joy” or “with happiness” -ACT 2 29 wh97 0 General Information: In verses 29 & 30, the words he,” “his,” and “him” refer to David. In verse 31, the first “He” refers to David and the words within the quote “He” and “his” refer to Christ. -ACT 2 29 pv1x 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues his speech that he began in [Acts 1:16](../01/16.md) to the Jews that surround him and the other believers in Jerusalem. -ACT 2 29 ps7c ἀδελφοί 1 brothers “my fellow Jews” -ACT 2 29 vtc6 figs-activepassive καὶ ἐτελεύτησεν καὶ ἐτάφη 1 he both died and was buried This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “he died and people buried him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 2 30 hq71 figs-metonymy ἐκ καρποῦ τῆς ὀσφύος αὐτοῦ, καθίσαι ἐπὶ τὸν θρόνον αὐτοῦ 1 to set from the fruit of his loins upon his throne “that God would set one of David’s descendants upon David’s throne.” Alternate translation: “that God would appoint one of David’s descendants to be king in David’s place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 2 30 x11q figs-idiom ἐκ καρποῦ τῆς ὀσφύος αὐτοῦ 1 from the fruit of his loins Here the word **fruit** refers to what **his loins** produces. Alternate translation: “one of his descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 2 31 tn4b figs-activepassive οὔτε ἐνκατελείφθη εἰς ᾍδην 1 He was neither abandoned to Hades This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God did not abandon him to Hades” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 2 31 up5x figs-explicit οὔτε ἡ σὰρξ αὐτοῦ εἶδεν διαφθοράν 1 nor did his flesh see decay Here the word **see** means to experience something. The word **decay** refers to the decomposition of his body after death. See how you translated this in [Acts 2:27](../02/27.md). Alternate translation: “nor did his flesh decay” or “nor did he remain dead long enough for his flesh to decay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 2 32 kw6a figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here, the second word “this” refers to the disciples’ speaking in other languages when they received the Holy Spirit. The word “we” refers to the disciples and those that witnessed the risen Jesus after his death. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ACT 2 32 udn1 figs-idiom ἀνέστησεν ὁ Θεός 1 God raised him up This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “God caused him to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 2 33 kij2 figs-activepassive τῇ δεξιᾷ…τοῦ Θεοῦ ὑψωθεὶς 1 having been exalted to the right hand of God This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “because God has exalted Jesus up to his right hand” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 2 33 c9mr figs-idiom τῇ δεξιᾷ…τοῦ Θεοῦ ὑψωθεὶς 1 having been exalted to the right hand of God Here **right hand of God** is an idiom that means that Christ will rule as God, with God’s authority. Alternate translation: “Christ is in the position of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 2 33 c1dr figs-idiom ἐξέχεεν τοῦτο ὃ 1 he has poured out this which Here the words **poured out** mean that Jesus, who is God, made these events to happen. It is implicit that he does this by giving the Holy Spirit to the believers. Alternate translation: “he has caused to happen these things that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 2 33 wsg9 figs-idiom ἐξέχεεν 1 he has poured out Here the words **poured out** mean to give generously and abundantly. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Acts 2:17](../02/17.md). Alternate translation: “he has given abundantly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 2 34 i8wu 0 General Information: Peter again quotes one of David’s Psalms. David is not speaking of himself in this Psalm. “The Lord” and “my” refer to God; “my Lord” and “your” refer to Jesus the Messiah. -ACT 2 34 m7fy 0 Connecting Statement: Peter finishes his speech to the Jews that he began in [Acts 1:16](../01/16.md). -ACT 2 34 kvn8 translate-symaction κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου 1 Sit at my right hand To sit at the **right hand** of God is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: “Sit in the place of honor beside me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -ACT 2 35 nf1x figs-metaphor ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν σου 1 until I make your enemies the stool for your feet This means that God will completely defeat the Messiah’s enemies and make them subject to him. Alternate translation: “until I make you victorious over all of your enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 2 36 pnp5 figs-idiom πᾶς οἶκος Ἰσραὴλ 1 all the house of Israel This refers to the entire nation of Israel. Alternate translation: “every Israelite” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 2 37 xan1 0 General Information: Here the word “they” refers to the people in the crowd to whom Peter spoke. -ACT 2 37 w1ma 0 Connecting Statement: The Jews respond to Peter’s speech and Peter answers them. -ACT 2 37 zls6 ἀκούσαντες 1 when they heard this “when the people heard what Peter had said” -ACT 2 37 s85q figs-activepassive κατενύγησαν τὴν καρδίαν 1 they were pierced in the heart This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “Peter’s words pierced their hearts” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 2 37 l15x figs-idiom κατενύγησαν τὴν καρδίαν 1 they were pierced in the heart This means that the people felt guilty and became very sad. Alternate translation: “they were deeply troubled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 2 38 cmb7 figs-activepassive βαπτισθήτω 1 be baptized This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “allow us to baptize you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 2 38 geb2 figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 in the name of Jesus Christ Here **In the name of** is a metonym for “by the authority of” Alternate translation: “by the authority of Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 2 39 v8vi πᾶσι τοῖς εἰς μακρὰν 1 all who are at a distance This means either (1) “all people who live far away” or (2) “all people who are far from God.” -ACT 2 40 k1kj writing-endofstory 0 This is the end of the part of the story that happened on the Day of Pentecost. Verse 42 begins a section that explains how the believers continued to live after the Day of Pentecost. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) -ACT 2 40 v6ip figs-doublet διεμαρτύρατο, καὶ παρεκάλει αὐτοὺς 1 he testified and urged them “he seriously told them and begged them.” Here the words **testified** and **urged** share similar meanings and emphasize that Peter urged them strongly to respond to what he was saying. Alternate translation: “he strongly urged them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -ACT 2 40 wtd5 figs-explicit σώθητε ἀπὸ τῆς γενεᾶς τῆς σκολιᾶς ταύτης 1 Save yourselves from this perverse generation The implication is that God will punish **this perverse generation**. Alternate translation: “Save yourselves from the punishment that these wicked people will suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 2 41 r9qz figs-idiom οἱ…ν ἀποδεξάμενοι τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ 1 they received his word Here the word **received** means that they accepted what Peter said to be true. Alternate translation: “they believed what Peter said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 2 41 kz64 figs-activepassive οἱ…ἐβαπτίσθησαν 1 they were baptized This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “people baptized them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 2 41 a47f figs-activepassive προσετέθησαν ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ ἐκείνῃ, ψυχαὶ ὡσεὶ τρισχίλιαι 1 there were added in that day about 3,000 souls This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “about 3,000 souls joined the believers on that day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 2 41 sv5j figs-synecdoche ψυχαὶ ὡσεὶ τρισχίλιαι 1 about 3,000 souls Here the word **souls** refers to people. Alternate translation: “about 3,000 people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) -ACT 2 42 gc59 figs-synecdoche τῇ κλάσει τοῦ ἄρτου 1 in the breaking of bread Bread was part of their meals. Possible meanings are (1) this refers to any meals they might eat together. Alternate translation: “eating meals together” or (2) this refers to the meals they would eat together in order to remember Christ’s death and resurrection. Alternate translation: “eating the Lord’s Supper together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ACT 2 43 gi9v figs-synecdoche ἐγίνετο δὲ πάσῃ ψυχῇ φόβος 1 And fear came upon every soul Here the word **fear** refers to deep respect and awe for God. The word **soul** refers to the entire person. Alternate translation: “And each person felt a deep respect and awe for God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ACT 2 43 ys3y figs-activepassive πολλά τε τέρατα καὶ σημεῖα διὰ τῶν ἀποστόλων ἐγίνετο 1 and many wonders and signs took place through the apostles Possible meanings are (1) “the apostles performed many wonders and signs” or (2) “God performed many wonders and signs through the apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 2 43 q6dm τέρατα καὶ σημεῖα 1 wonders and signs “miraculous deeds and supernatural events.” See how you translated this in [Acts 2:22](../02/22.md). -ACT 2 44 u8qk πάντες δὲ οἱ πιστεύοντες ἦσαν ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ 1 And all those believing were in the same place Possible meanings are (1) “all who believed were together in the same place” or (2) “all of them believed the same thing.” -ACT 2 44 jy2w εἶχον ἅπαντα κοινά 1 had all things in common “shared their belongings with one another” -ACT 2 45 h8tn τὰ κτήματα καὶ τὰς ὑπάρξεις 1 their property and their possessions “their land and the things they owned” -ACT 2 45 f74s figs-metonymy διεμέριζον αὐτὰ πᾶσιν 1 distributed them to all Here the word **them** refers to the profit that they made from selling their property and possessions. Alternate translation: “distributed the proceeds to all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 2 45 n9hi καθότι ἄν τις χρείαν εἶχεν 1 as anyone might have need They distributed the proceeds that they earned from selling their property and possessions to any believer who had a need. -ACT 2 46 in43 προσκαρτεροῦντες ὁμοθυμαδὸν 1 they continued with one purpose Possible meanings are (1) “they continued meeting together” or (2) “they all continued to have the same attitude.” -ACT 2 46 q1ge figs-synecdoche κλῶντές…κατ’ οἶκον ἄρτον 1 breaking bread in each house Bread was part of their meals. Alternate translation: “they eat meals together in their homes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ACT 2 46 i2yk figs-metonymy ἐν ἀγαλλιάσει καὶ ἀφελότητι καρδίας 1 with exultation and sincerity of heart Here **heart** is a metonym for a person’s emotions. Alternate translation: “joyfully and humbly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 2 47 z6ig αἰνοῦντες τὸν Θεὸν καὶ ἔχοντες χάριν πρὸς ὅλον τὸν λαόν 1 praising God and having favor with all the people “praising God. All the people approved of them” -ACT 2 47 kc42 figs-activepassive τοὺς σῳζομένους 1 those being saved This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “those whom the Lord saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 3 intro hpd9 0 # Acts 03 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### The covenant God made with Abraham

This chapter explains that Jesus came to the Jews because God was fulfilling part of the covenant he had made with Abraham. Peter thought that the Jews were the ones who were truly guilty of killing Jesus, but he

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “You delivered up”

The Romans were the ones who killed Jesus, but they killed him because the Jews captured him, brought him to the Romans, and told the Romans to kill him. For this reason Peter thought that they were the ones who were truly guilty of killing Jesus. But he tells them that they are also the first ones to whom God has sent Jesus’ followers to invite them to repent ([Luke 3:26](../../luk/03/26.md)). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]]) -ACT 3 1 u6nu writing-background 0 General Information: Verse 2 gives background information about the lame man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -ACT 3 1 b5rm 0 Connecting Statement: One day Peter and John go to the temple. -ACT 3 1 br7i εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν 1 to the temple They did not go into the temple building where only the priests were allowed. Alternate translation: “to the temple courtyard” or “into the temple area” -ACT 3 2 f227 figs-activepassive τις ἀνὴρ, χωλὸς ἐκ κοιλίας μητρὸς αὐτοῦ ὑπάρχων, ἐβαστάζετο, ὃν ἐτίθουν καθ’ ἡμέραν πρὸς τὴν θύραν τοῦ ἱεροῦ, τὴν λεγομένην Ὡραίαν 1 a certain man, being lame from the womb of his mother, was being carried, whom each day they placed at the gate of the temple that is called Beautiful This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “people were carrying a certain man, lame from birth. Every day, they laid him near the Beautiful gate of the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 3 2 j68t χωλὸς 1 lame unable to walk -ACT 3 4 xq4u ἀτενίσας…Πέτρος εἰς αὐτὸν σὺν τῷ Ἰωάννῃ εἶπεν 1 Peter, looking intently at him, with John, said Both Peter and John looked at the man, but only Peter spoke. -ACT 3 5 e3c6 ὁ…ἐπεῖχεν αὐτοῖς 1 he looked at them Here the word **looked** means to pay attention to something. Alternate translation: “The lame man paid close attention to them” -ACT 3 6 x6bm figs-metonymy ἀργύριον καὶ χρυσίον 1 Silver and gold These words refer to money. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 3 6 zi9t figs-explicit ὃ…ἔχω 1 what I have It is understood that Peter has the ability to heal the man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 3 6 t2vf figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 In the name of Jesus Christ Here the word **name** refers to power and authority. Alternate translation: “With the authority of Jesus Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 3 7 ec6j ἤγειρεν αὐτόν 1 he raised him up “Peter caused him to stand” -ACT 3 8 abc1 ἐξαλλόμενος, ἔστη καὶ περιεπάτει, καὶ εἰσῆλθεν 1 leaping up, he stood and began to walk; and he entered The lame man did these actions. -ACT 3 8 zp7x εἰσῆλθεν…εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν 1 he entered … into the temple He did not go inside the temple building where only the priests were allowed. Alternate translation: “he entered … the temple area” or “he entered … into the temple courtyard” -ACT 3 10 zy7h ἐπεγίνωσκον…αὐτὸν, ὅτι αὐτὸς ἦν ὁ 1 they recognized him, that he was the one “they realized that he was the man” -ACT 3 10 p2zh τῇ Ὡραίᾳ Πύλῃ 1 the Beautiful Gate This was the name of one of the entrances to the temple area. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Acts 3:2](../03/02.md). -ACT 3 10 j6zf figs-doublet ἐπλήσθησαν θάμβους καὶ ἐκστάσεως 1 they were filled with wonder and amazement Here the words **wonder** and **amazement** share similar meanings and emphasize the intensity of the people’s amazement. Alternate translation: “they were extremely amazed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -ACT 3 11 g4y1 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: The phrase “in the porch that is called Solomon’s” makes it clear that they were not inside the temple where only the priests were allowed to enter. Here the words “us” and “we” refer to Peter and John but not to the crowd to whom Peter is talking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ACT 3 11 eu1l 0 Connecting Statement: After healing the man who could not walk, Peter talks to the people. -ACT 3 11 rj43 τῇ στοᾷ τῇ καλουμένῃ Σολομῶντος 1 the porch that is called Solomon’s “Solomon’s Porch.” This was a covered walkway that consisted of rows of pillars that supported a roof, and which people named after king Solomon. -ACT 3 11 rk1m ἔκθαμβοι 1 marveling “extremely surprised” -ACT 3 12 x9m9 ἰδὼν δὲ, ὁ Πέτρος 1 But when Peter saw this Here the word **this** refers to the amazement of the people. -ACT 3 12 ndi3 ἄνδρες, Ἰσραηλεῖται 1 Men of Israel “Fellow Israelites.” Peter was addressing the crowd. -ACT 3 12 uyg1 figs-rquestion τί θαυμάζετε ἐπὶ τούτῳ 1 why do you marvel at this? Peter asks this question to emphasize that they should not be surprised by what had happened. Alternate translation: “you should not be surprised at this.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ACT 3 12 j6ld figs-rquestion ἢ ἡμῖν τί ἀτενίζετε, ὡς ἰδίᾳ δυνάμει ἢ εὐσεβείᾳ πεποιηκόσιν τοῦ περιπατεῖν αὐτόν? 1 Or why do you look intently at us, as if we have made him to walk by our own power or godliness? Peter asks this question to emphasize that the people should not think that he and John had healed the man by their own abilities. This could be written as two statements. Alternate translation: “Do not stare at us. We did not make him walk by our own power or godliness.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ACT 3 12 mwd9 figs-idiom ἀτενίζετε 1 look intently at us This means that they looked intently at them without stopping. Alternate translation: “stare at us” or “look at us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 3 13 q8q2 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues his speech to the Jews that he began in [Acts 3:12](../03/12.md). -ACT 3 13 cp1j figs-idiom ἠρνήσασθε κατὰ πρόσωπον Πειλάτου 1 rejected before the face of Pilate Here the phrase **before the face of** means “in the presence of.” Alternate translation: “rejected in Pilate’s presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 3 13 yy96 κρίναντος ἐκείνου ἀπολύειν 1 when he had decided to release him “when Pilate had decided to release Jesus” -ACT 3 14 s6qj figs-activepassive ᾐτήσασθε ἄνδρα, φονέα χαρισθῆναι ὑμῖν 1 asked for a man, a murderer, to be handed over to you This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “asked for Pilate to release a murderer to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 3 15 jwb1 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “we” includes just Peter and John. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ACT 3 15 ljn8 figs-metaphor Ἀρχηγὸν τῆς ζωῆς 1 Founder of life This refers to Jesus. Possible meanings are (1) “the one who gives people eternal life” or (2) “the ruler of life” or (3) “the founder of life” or (4) “the one who leads people to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 3 16 abc2 ἐπὶ τῇ πίστει τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ 1 by faith in his name “by faith in the name of Jesus” -ACT 3 16 qt8w ἐστερέωσεν τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 his name has made strong “the name of Jesus has made well” -ACT 3 16 abc3 ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ 1 gave to him “gave to the lame man” -ACT 3 17 v45t καὶ νῦν 1 And now Here Peter shifts the audience’s attention from the lame man and continues to talk to them directly. -ACT 3 17 x62k κατὰ ἄγνοιαν ἐπράξατε 1 you acted according to ignorance Possible meanings are (1) that the people did not know that Jesus was the Messiah or (2) that the people did not understand the significance of what they were doing. -ACT 3 18 gcc1 ὁ…Θεὸς…προκατήγγειλεν διὰ στόματος πάντων τῶν προφητῶν 1 God foretold by the mouth of all the prophets When the prophets spoke, it was as though God himself was speaking because he told them what to say. Alternate translation: “God foretold by speaking through all of the prophets” -ACT 3 18 ms6d ὁ…Θεὸς…προκατήγγειλεν 1 God foretold “God spoke about ahead of time” or “God told about before they happened” -ACT 3 18 z3l7 figs-metonymy στόματος πάντων τῶν προφητῶν 1 the mouth of all the prophets Here the word **mouth** refers to the words that the prophets spoke and wrote down. Alternate translation: “the words of all the prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 3 19 cw18 figs-metaphor καὶ ἐπιστρέψατε 1 and turn “and turn to the Lord.” Here **turn** is a metaphor for starting to obey the Lord. Alternate translation: “and start obeying the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 3 19 zm6y figs-activepassive πρὸς τὸ ἐξαλειφθῆναι ὑμῶν τὰς ἁμαρτίας 1 so that your sins may be blotted out Here **blotted out** is a metaphor for forgiving. Sins are spoken of as if they are written in a book and God erases them from the book when he forgives them. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “so that God will forgive you for sinning against him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 3 20 x3ca καιροὶ ἀναψύξεως ἀπὸ προσώπου τοῦ Κυρίου 1 periods of refreshing from the face of the Lord “times of relief from the presence of the Lord.” Possible meanings are (1) “times when God will strengthen your spirits” or (2) “times when God will revive you” -ACT 3 20 f2wm figs-metonymy ἀπὸ προσώπου τοῦ Κυρίου 1 from the face of the Lord Here the words **face of the Lord** is a metonym for the Lord himself. Alternate translation: “from the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 3 20 h3nk ἀποστείλῃ…Χριστὸν, Ἰησοῦν 1 that he may send … Christ Jesus “that he may again send the Christ.” This refers to Christ’s coming again. -ACT 3 20 yzr6 figs-activepassive τὸν προκεχειρισμένον ὑμῖν 1 the one who has been appointed for you This may be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the one whom he has appointed for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 3 21 sj21 0 General Information: In verses 22-23 Peter quotes something Moses told before the Messiah came. -ACT 3 21 u33e 0 Connecting Statement: Peter continues his speech that he began in [Acts 3:12](../03/12.md) to the Jews who stood in the temple area. -ACT 3 21 vgn8 figs-personification ὃν δεῖ οὐρανὸν μὲν δέξασθαι 1 Heaven must receive him “Heaven must welcome him.” Peter speaks of heaven as if it were a person who welcomes Jesus into his home. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) -ACT 3 21 y1ps ὃν δεῖ οὐρανὸν μὲν δέξασθαι, ἄχρι 1 Heaven must receive him until This means that it is necessary for Jesus to remain in heaven because that is what God has planned. -ACT 3 21 x2f3 ἄχρι χρόνων ἀποκαταστάσεως πάντων 1 until the time of the restoration of all things Possible meanings are (1) “until the time when God will restore all things” or (2) “until the time when God will fulfill everything that he foretold.” -ACT 3 21 a2m8 ὧν ἐλάλησεν ὁ Θεὸς διὰ στόματος τῶν ἁγίων ἀπ’ αἰῶνος αὐτοῦ προφητῶν 1 about which God spoke from the ages by the mouth of his holy prophets When the prophets spoke long ago, it was as if God himself was speaking because he told them what to say. Alternate translation: “about which things God spoke long ago by telling his holy prophets to speak about them” -ACT 3 21 a12i figs-metonymy στόματος τῶν ἁγίων…αὐτοῦ προφητῶν 1 the mouth of his holy prophets Here the word **mouth** refers to the words that the prophets spoke and wrote down. Alternate translation: “the words of his holy prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 3 22 v5nf προφήτην ὑμῖν ἀναστήσει…ἐκ τῶν ἀδελφῶν ὑμῶν, ὡς ἐμέ 1 will raise up for you a prophet like me from among your brothers “will cause a one of your brothers to become a true prophet for you, and everyone will know about him” -ACT 3 22 t8di τῶν ἀδελφῶν ὑμῶν 1 your brothers “your nation” -ACT 3 23 t8a5 figs-activepassive τοῦ προφήτου ἐκείνου, ἐξολεθρευθήσεται 1 that prophet will be completely destroyed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “that prophet, God will completely destroy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 3 24 y1z7 0 Connecting Statement: Peter finishes his speech to the Jews that he began in [Acts 3:12](../03/12.md). -ACT 3 24 u6x3 καὶ πάντες δὲ οἱ προφῆται 1 And indeed, all the prophets “In fact, all the prophets.” Here the word “indeed” adds emphasis to what follows. -ACT 3 24 xp9h ἀπὸ Σαμουὴλ καὶ τῶν καθεξῆς 1 from Samuel and those after him “beginning with Samuel and continuing with the prophets who lived after he did” -ACT 3 24 m9pr τὰς ἡμέρας ταύτας 1 these days “these times” or “the things that are happening now” -ACT 3 25 rh2n figs-idiom ὑμεῖς ἐστε οἱ υἱοὶ τῶν προφητῶν, καὶ τῆς διαθήκης 1 You are the sons of the prophets and of the covenant Here the word **sons** refers to heirs who will receive what the prophets and the covenant promised. Alternate translation: “You are the heirs of the prophets and heirs of the covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ACT 3 25 mad5 ἐν τῷ σπέρματί σου 1 In your seed “through your offspring” -ACT 3 25 g31m figs-activepassive ἐνευλογηθήσονται πᾶσαι αἱ πατριαὶ τῆς γῆς 1 will all the families of the earth be blessed Here the word **families** refers to people groups or nations. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “I will bless all the people groups in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 3 26 b7tz ἀναστήσας ὁ Θεὸς τὸν παῖδα αὐτοῦ 1 After God raised up his servant “After God caused Jesus to become his servant and made him famous” -ACT 3 26 z5q6 τὸν παῖδα αὐτοῦ 1 his servant This refers to the Messiah, Jesus. -ACT 3 26 x8ss figs-metaphor τῷ ἀποστρέφειν ἕκαστον ἀπὸ τῶν πονηριῶν ὑμῶν 1 turning each of you from your wickedness Here **turning … from** is a metaphor for causing someone stop doing something. Alternate translation: “causing every one of you to stop doing wicked things” or “causing every one of you to repent from your wickedness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 4 intro pv3a 0 # Acts 04 General Notes
## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 4:25-26.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Unity

The first Christians wanted very much to be united. They wanted to believe the same things and share everything they owned and help those who needed help.

### “Signs and wonders”

This phrase refers to things that only God can do. The Christians wanted God to do what only he can do so that people would believe that what they said about Jesus was true.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### Cornerstone

The cornerstone was the first piece of stone that people put down when they were building a building. This is a metaphor for the most important part of something, the part on which everything depends. To say that Jesus is the cornerstone of the church is to say that nothing in the church is more important than Jesus and that everything about the church depends on Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Name

“There is no other name under heaven given among men by which we must be saved” ([Acts 4:12](../../act/04/12.md)). With these words Peter was saying that no other person who has ever been on the earth or will ever be on earth can save people. -ACT 4 1 ew3l 0 Connecting Statement: The religious leaders arrest Peter and John after Peter’s having healed the man who was born lame. -ACT 4 1 abc4 λαλούντων…αὐτῶν 1 as they were speaking “as Peter and John were speaking” -ACT 4 1 d3tv ἐπέστησαν αὐτοῖς 1 came up to them “approached them” or “came to them” -ACT 4 2 m74s figs-explicit διαπονούμενοι 1 They were deeply troubled “They were very angry.” The Sadducees, in particular, would have been angry about what Peter and John were saying because they did not believe in resurrection. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 4 2 abc5 διὰ τὸ διδάσκειν αὐτοὺς 1 because of their teaching “because Peter and John were teaching” -ACT 4 2 mg5l καταγγέλλειν ἐν τῷ Ἰησοῦ τὴν ἀνάστασιν, τὴν ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 proclaiming in Jesus the resurrection that is from the dead Peter and John were saying that God would raise people from the dead in the same way as he had raised Jesus from among the dead. Translate this in a way that allows “the resurrection” to refer to both Jesus’ resurrection and the general resurrection of other people. -ACT 4 2 np5g τὴν ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 that is from the dead From among all those who have died. This expression describes all dead people together in the underworld. To come back from among them speaks of becoming alive again. -ACT 4 3 zla7 ἐπέβαλον αὐτοῖς τὰς χεῖρας 1 they laid hands on them “the priests, the captain of the temple, and the Sadducees arrested Peter and John” -ACT 4 3 h5f9 ἦν γὰρ ἑσπέρα ἤδη 1 since it was already evening It was common practice not to question people at night. -ACT 4 4 bm1f ἀριθμὸς τῶν ἀνδρῶν 1 the number of the men This refers only to men who believed and does not include how many women or children believed. -ACT 4 4 qd8g ἐγενήθη…ὡς χιλιάδες πέντε 1 was about 5,000 “grew to about 5,000” -ACT 4 5 j6p8 0 General Information: Here the word “their” refers to the Jewish people as a whole. -ACT 4 5 i9tj 0 Connecting Statement: The rulers question Peter and John who answer without fear. -ACT 4 5 lw2d ἐγένετο 1 It came about This phrase is used here to mark where the action starts. If your language has a way for doing this, you could consider using it here. -ACT 4 5 cdj1 figs-synecdoche αὐτῶν τοὺς ἄρχοντας, καὶ τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους, καὶ τοὺς γραμματεῖς 1 their rulers, and the elders, and the scribes This is a reference to the Sanhedrin, the Jewish ruling court, which consisted of these three groups of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ACT 4 6 l44n Ἰωάννης, καὶ Ἀλέξανδρος 1 John, and Alexander These two men were members of the high priest’s family. This is not the same John as the apostle. -ACT 4 7 abc6 στήσαντες αὐτοὺς 1 having set them “when they had set Peter and John” -ACT 4 7 t1eq ἐν ποίᾳ δυνάμει 1 By what power “Who gave you power” -ACT 4 7 jc21 figs-metonymy ἐν ποίῳ ὀνόματι 1 in what name Here the word **name** refers to authority. Alternate translation: “by whose authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 4 8 su5x figs-activepassive τότε Πέτρος πλησθεὶς Πνεύματος Ἁγίου 1 Then Peter, filled with the Holy Spirit This can be stated in active form. See how you translated this in [Acts 2:4](../02/04.md). Alternate translation: “The Holy Spirit filled Peter and he” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 4 9 pq85 figs-rquestion εἰ ἡμεῖς σήμερον ἀνακρινόμεθα…ἐν τίνι οὗτος σέσωσται 1 if we this day are being questioned … by what means he was made well Peter asks this question to clarify that this was the real reason that they were on trial. Alternate translation: “you are asking us this day … by what means we made this man well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ACT 4 9 je6d figs-activepassive ἡμεῖς σήμερον ἀνακρινόμεθα 1 we this day are being questioned This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “you are questioning us this day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 4 9 b92n figs-activepassive ἐν τίνι οὗτος σέσωσται 1 by what means he was made well This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “by what means we have made this man well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 4 10 snd5 figs-activepassive γνωστὸν ἔστω πᾶσιν ὑμῖν καὶ παντὶ τῷ λαῷ Ἰσραὴλ 1 let it be known to you all and to all the people of Israel This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “may all of you and all of the people of Israel know this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 4 10 j3px πᾶσιν ὑμῖν καὶ παντὶ τῷ λαῷ Ἰσραὴλ 1 to you all and to all the people of Israel “to you who are questioning us and to all the other people of Israel” -ACT 4 10 khn7 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ τοῦ Ναζωραίου 1 in the name of Jesus Christ of Nazareth Here the word **name** refers to power and authority. Alternate translation: “by the power of Jesus Christ of Nazareth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 4 10 jyj6 figs-idiom ὃν ὁ Θεὸς ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 whom God raised from the dead, Here **raised** is an idiom for causing someone who has died to become alive again. Alternate translation: “whom God caused to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 4 11 tdw8 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “we” refers to Peter as well as those to whom he is speaking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ACT 4 11 nwg6 0 Connecting Statement: Peter completes his speech to the Jewish religious rulers that he began in [Acts 4:8](../04/08.md). -ACT 4 11 w195 figs-metaphor οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ λίθος…ὁ γενόμενος εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας 1 He is the stone … which has been made into the head head of the corner Peter is quoting from the Psalms. This is a metaphor that means the religious leaders, like builders, rejected Jesus, but God will made him the most important in his kingdom, as a cornerstone in a building is important. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 4 11 f1nx κεφαλὴν 1 the head Here the word **head** means “most important” or “vital.” -ACT 4 11 c1bh ὁ ἐξουθενηθεὶς ὑφ’ ὑμῶν, τῶν οἰκοδόμων 1 which was rejected by you, the builders “which you as the builders rejected” or “which you as builders rejected as worth nothing” -ACT 4 12 tq3z figs-abstractnouns οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν ἄλλῳ οὐδενὶ ἡ σωτηρία 1 And there is no salvation in anyone else The noun **salvation** can be translated as a verb. This can be stated positively. Alternate translation: “he is the only person who is able to save” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ACT 4 12 l66w figs-activepassive οὐδὲ γὰρ ὄνομά ἐστιν ἕτερον ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανὸν τὸ δεδομένον ἐν ἀνθρώποις 1 for there is no other name under heaven given among men This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “for God has not given among men any other name under heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 4 12 iz7k figs-metonymy οὐδὲ…ὄνομά…ἕτερον…δεδομένον ἐν ἀνθρώποις 1 no other name … given among men The phrase **name … given among men** refers to the person of Jesus. Alternate translation: “no other person under heaven, who is given among men, by whom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 4 12 jm25 figs-idiom ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανὸν 1 under heaven This is a way of referring to everywhere in the world. Alternate translation: “in the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 4 12 gg8h figs-activepassive ἐν ᾧ δεῖ σωθῆναι ἡμᾶς 1 by which we must be saved This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “which can save us” or “who can save us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 4 13 xn39 0 General Information: Here the second instance of “they” refers to Peter and John. All other occurrences of the word “they” in this section refer to the Jewish leaders. -ACT 4 13 t6kc figs-explicit τὴν τοῦ Πέτρου παρρησίαν καὶ Ἰωάννου 1 the boldness of Peter and John Here the abstract noun **boldness** refers to the way in which Peter and John responded to the Jewish leaders, and can be translated with an adverb or an adjective. Alternate translation: “how boldly Peter and John had spoken” or “how bold Peter and John were” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ACT 4 13 p9pq παρρησίαν 1 boldness lack of fear -ACT 4 13 qaa5 figs-explicit καταλαβόμενοι ὅτι ἄνθρωποι ἀγράμματοί εἰσιν καὶ ἰδιῶται 1 realizing that they were uneducated and ordinary men The Jewish leaders realized this because of the way Peter and John spoke. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 4 13 r6d6 καὶ καταλαβόμενοι 1 and realizing “and understanding” -ACT 4 13 erv7 figs-doublet ἄνθρωποι ἀγράμματοί εἰσιν καὶ ἰδιῶται 1 they were uneducated and ordinary men The words **uneducated** and **ordinary** share similar meanings. They emphasize that Peter and John had received no formal training in Jewish law. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) -ACT 4 14 h3cy figs-activepassive τόν…ἄνθρωπον…τὸν τεθεραπευμένον 1 the man who was healed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the man whom Peter and John had healed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 4 14 fq4w οὐδὲν εἶχον ἀντειπεῖν 1 they had nothing to say in opposition “they had nothing to say against Peter and John’s healing of the man” -ACT 4 15 ql31 αὐτοὺς 1 them This refers to Peter and John. -ACT 4 16 p4g6 figs-rquestion τί ποιήσωμεν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις τούτοις? 1 What should we do to these men? The Jewish leaders ask this question out of frustration because they could not think of what to do with Peter and John. Alternate translation: “There is nothing that we can do with these men!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ACT 4 16 nh5s figs-activepassive ὅτι μὲν γὰρ γνωστὸν σημεῖον γέγονεν δι’ αὐτῶν, πᾶσιν τοῖς κατοικοῦσιν Ἰερουσαλὴμ φανερόν 1 For it is evident to everyone who lives in Jerusalem that a notable sign has happened through them This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “For everyone who lives in Jerusalem knows that they have done a remarkable miracle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 4 16 jn12 figs-hyperbole πᾶσιν τοῖς κατοικοῦσιν Ἰερουσαλὴμ 1 everyone who lives in Jerusalem This is a generalization. It may also be an exaggeration to show that the leaders think that this is a very big problem. Alternate translation: “many of the people who live in Jerusalem” or “people who live throughout Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -ACT 4 17 f71l figs-explicit ἵνα μὴ ἐπὶ πλεῖον διανεμηθῇ 1 in order that it might not spread further Here the word **it** refers to any miracles or teaching Peter and John might continue to do. Alternate translation: “so that that news of this miracle spreads no further” or “in order that no more people hear about this miracle” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 4 17 w52j figs-metonymy μηκέτι λαλεῖν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ μηδενὶ ἀνθρώπων 1 no longer to speak in this name to any man Here the word **name** refers to the person of Jesus. Alternate translation: “not to speak anymore to anyone about this person, Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 4 19 hf3u figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “we” refers to Peter and John but not to those whom they are addressing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ACT 4 19 jf1d figs-metonymy εἰ δίκαιόν ἐστιν ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Whether it is right before God Here the phrase **before God** refers to God’s opinion. Alternate translation: “Whether God thinks it is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 4 21 gy8d writing-background 0 General Information: Verse 22 gives background information about the age of the lame man who was healed. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -ACT 4 21 y5y1 οἱ δὲ προσαπειλησάμενοι 1 So after further warning them The Jewish leaders again threatened to punish Peter and John. -ACT 4 21 z2bx μηδὲν εὑρίσκοντες τὸ πῶς κολάσωνται αὐτούς 1 They found nothing for which they might punish them Although the Jewish leaders threatened Peter and John, they could not find a reason to punish them without causing the people to riot. -ACT 4 21 jbl6 figs-activepassive ἐπὶ τῷ γεγονότι 1 for what had happened This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “for what Peter and John had done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 4 22 ju4w ὁ ἄνθρωπος, ἐφ’ ὃν γεγόνει τὸ σημεῖον τοῦτο τῆς ἰάσεως 1 the man to whom this sign of healing had happened “the man whom Peter and John had miraculously healed” -ACT 4 23 j3ap 0 General Information: Speaking together, the people quote a Psalm of David from the Old Testament. Here the word “they” refers to the rest of the believers, but not to Peter and John. -ACT 4 23 j2cx figs-explicit ἦλθον πρὸς τοὺς ἰδίους 1 they came to their own people The phrase **their own people** refers to the rest of the believers. Alternate translation: “they went to the other believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 4 24 zu28 ὁμοθυμαδὸν ἦραν φωνὴν πρὸς τὸν Θεὸν 1 they raised their voices together to God To raise the voice is an idiom for speaking. “they began speaking together to God” (See: rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom) -ACT 4 25 vc5z ὁ τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν, διὰ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου στόματος Δαυεὶδ παιδός σου εἰπών 1 The mouth of our father David, your servant, by the Holy Spirit, spokeYou spoke by the Holy Spirit through the mouth of your servant, our father David This means that the Holy Spirit caused David to speak or write down what God said. -ACT 4 25 ka83 figs-metonymy ὁ τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν…στόματος Δαυεὶδ παιδός σου 1 The mouth of our father David, your servant Here the word **mouth** refers to the words that David spoke or wrote down. Alternate translation: “The words of your servant, our father David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 4 25 kat6 τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν…Δαυεὶδ 1 of our father David Here **father** refers to “ancestor.” -ACT 4 25 f1x6 figs-rquestion ἵνα τί ἐφρύαξαν ἔθνη, καὶ λαοὶ ἐμελέτησαν κενά? 1 Why did the Gentiles rage, and the peoples imagine useless things? This is a rhetorical question that emphasizes the futility of opposing God. Alternate translation: “The Gentile nations should not have raged, and the peoples should not have imagined useless things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ACT 4 25 w622 figs-explicit λαοὶ ἐμελέτησαν κενά 1 the peoples imagine useless things These **useless things** consist of plans to oppose God. Alternate translation: “the peoples imagine useless things against God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 4 25 h6rc λαοὶ 1 peoples people groups -ACT 4 26 fb5a 0 Connecting Statement: The believers complete their quotation from King David in the Psalms that they began in [Acts 4:25](../04/25.md). -ACT 4 26 w2by figs-parallelism παρέστησαν οἱ βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς καὶ οἱ ἄρχοντες συνήχθησαν ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ κατὰ τοῦ Κυρίου 1 The kings of the earth took their stand, and the rulers were gathered to the same place against the Lord These two lines mean basically the same thing. The two lines emphasize the combined effort of the earth’s rulers to oppose God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) -ACT 4 26 w64b figs-metonymy παρέστησαν…συνήχθησαν 1 took their stand … were gathered These two phrases mean that they joined their armies together to fight a battle. Alternate translation: “brought out their armies … gathered their troops together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 4 26 yv19 κατὰ τοῦ Κυρίου, καὶ κατὰ τοῦ Χριστοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 against the Lord, and against his Christ Here the word **Lord** refers to God. In the Psalms, the word **Christ** refers to the Messiah or God’s anointed one. -ACT 4 27 b1g9 0 Connecting Statement: The believers continue praying. -ACT 4 27 nuc1 ἐν τῇ πόλει ταύτῃ 1 in this city **this city** refers to Jerusalem. -ACT 4 27 ca33 τὸν ἅγιον παῖδά σου Ἰησοῦν 1 your holy servant Jesus “Jesus who serves you faithfully” -ACT 4 28 yz7m figs-metonymy ποιῆσαι ὅσα ἡ χείρ σου, καὶ ἡ βουλὴ σου προώρισεν 1 to do all that your hand and your counsel had predetermined Here the word **hand** is used to mean God’s power. Additionally, the phrase **your hand and your counsel had predetermined** shows God’s power and plan. Alternate translation: “to do all that you had decided because you are powerful and did all that you planned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ACT 4 29 b38z 0 Connecting Statement: The believers complete their prayer that they began in [Acts 4:24](../04/24.md). -ACT 4 29 t5qm figs-idiom ἔπιδε ἐπὶ τὰς ἀπειλὰς αὐτῶν 1 look upon their threats Here the words **look upon** are a request for God to take notice of the way in which the Jewish leaders threatened the believers. Alternate translation: “notice how they threaten to punish us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 4 29 zh7j figs-metonymy μετὰ παρρησίας πάσης λαλεῖν τὸν λόγον σου 1 to speak your word with all boldness The word **word** here is a metonym for God’s message. The abstract noun **boldness** can be translated as an adverb. Alternate translation: “speak your message boldly” or “be bold when we speak your message” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 4 30 x9r1 figs-metonymy τὴν χεῖρά σου, ἐκτείνειν σε εἰς ἴασιν 1 you stretch out your hand to heal Here the word **hand** refers to God’s power. This is a request for God to show how powerful he is. Alternate translation: “while you show your power by healing people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 4 30 t5uw figs-metonymy διὰ τοῦ ὀνόματος τοῦ ἁγίου παιδός σου, Ἰησοῦ 1 through the name of your holy servant Jesus Here the word **name** refers to power and authority. Alternate translation: “through the power of your holy servant Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 4 30 txb5 τοῦ ἁγίου παιδός σου, Ἰησοῦ 1 of your holy servant Jesus “of Jesus who serves you faithfully.” See how you translated this in [Acts 4:27](../04/27.md). -ACT 4 31 x9b3 figs-activepassive ἐσαλεύθη ὁ τόπος 1 the place … was shaken This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the place … shook” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 4 31 ps3m figs-activepassive ἐπλήσθησαν ἅπαντες τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύματος 1 they were all filled with the Holy Spirit This can be stated in active form. See how you translated this in [Acts 2:4](../02/04.md). Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit filled them all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 4 32 xu3j figs-metonymy ἦν καρδία καὶ ψυχὴ μία 1 were one in heart and soul Here the word **heart** refers to the thoughts and the word **soul** refers to the emotions. Together they refer to the total person. Alternate translation: “thought the same way and wanted the same things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 4 32 zyp5 ἦν αὐτοῖς πάντα κοινά 1 everything was in common to them “they shared their belongings with one another.” See how you translated this in [Acts 2:44](../02/44.md). -ACT 4 33 d8dr χάρις τε μεγάλη ἦν ἐπὶ πάντας αὐτούς 1 and abundant grace was upon them all Possible meanings are: (1) that God was greatly blessing the believers or (2) that the people in Jerusalem held the believers in very high esteem. -ACT 4 34 gw3v figs-hyperbole ὅσοι…κτήτορες χωρίων ἢ οἰκιῶν ὑπῆρχον 1 all who were owners of lands or houses The word **all** here is a generalization. Alternate translation: “many people who owned lands or houses” or “people who owned title to lands or houses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) -ACT 4 34 ti1h κτήτορες χωρίων ἢ οἰκιῶν ὑπῆρχον 1 were owners of lands or houses “owned land or houses” -ACT 4 34 l938 figs-activepassive τὰς τιμὰς τῶν πιπρασκομένων 1 the price of the things that were sold This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the money that they received from the things that they sold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 4 35 vv4z figs-idiom ἐτίθουν παρὰ τοὺς πόδας τῶν ἀποστόλων 1 laid it at the feet of the apostles This means that they presented the money to the apostles. Alternate translation: “presented it to the apostles” or “gave it to the apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 4 35 ps4s figs-activepassive διεδίδετο…ἑκάστῳ, καθότι ἄν τις χρείαν εἶχεν 1 it was distributed to each one according to whatever need anyone had The noun **need** can be translated with a verb. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “they distributed the money to each believer as they needed it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ACT 4 36 uc2a writing-participants 0 General Information: Luke introduces Barnabas into the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) -ACT 4 36 nr4v figs-idiom υἱὸς παρακλήσεως 1 Son of Encouragement The apostles used this name to show that Joseph was a person who encouraged others. **Son of** is an idiom used to describe a person’s behavior or character. Alternate translation: “Encourager” or “One who Encourages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 4 37 gtv5 figs-idiom ἔθηκεν παρὰ τοὺς πόδας τῶν ἀποστόλων 1 laid it at the feet of the apostles This means that they presented to money to the apostles. See how you translated this in [Acts 4:35](../04/35.md). Alternate translation: “presented it to the apostles” or “gave it to the apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 5 intro k2uh 0 # Acts 05 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### “Satan filled your heart to lie to the Holy Spirit”

No one knows for sure if Ananias and Sapphira were truly Christians when they decided to lie about the land that they sold ([Acts 5:1-10](../05/01.md)), because Luke does not say. However, Peter knew that they lied to the believers, and he knew that they had listened to and obeyed Satan.

When they lied to the believers, they also lied to the Holy Spirit. This is because the Holy Spirit lives inside believers. -ACT 5 1 v27a writing-background 0 Continuing the story of how the new Christians shared their belongings with other believers, Luke tells about two believers, Ananias and Sapphria. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) -ACT 5 1 ysl9 δέ 1 Now This word is used here to mark a break in the main story line to tell a new part of the story. -ACT 5 2 xm1t συνειδυίης καὶ τῆς γυναικός 1 his wife also knew it “his wife also knew that he kept back part of the sale money” -ACT 5 2 dy8b figs-idiom παρὰ τοὺς πόδας τῶν ἀποστόλων ἔθηκεν 1 and laid it at the feet of the apostles This means that they presented to money to the apostles. See how you translated this in [Acts 4:35](../04/35.md). Alternate translation: “and presented it to the apostles” or “and gave it to the apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 5 3 y7j6 0 General Information: If your language does not use rhetorical questions, you may reword these as statements. -ACT 5 3 grr9 figs-rquestion διὰ τί ἐπλήρωσεν ὁ Σατανᾶς τὴν καρδίαν σου, ψεύσασθαί σε τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον, καὶ νοσφίσασθαι ἀπὸ τῆς τιμῆς τοῦ χωρίου 1 why has Satan filled your heart for you to lie to the Holy Spirit and to keep back from the price of the land? Peter uses this question to rebuke Ananias. Alternate translation: “you should not have let Satan fill your heart to lie to the Holy Spirit and to keep back from the price of the land.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ACT 5 3 pqd4 figs-metonymy ἐπλήρωσεν ὁ Σατανᾶς τὴν καρδίαν σου 1 has Satan filled your heart Here the word **heart** is a metonym for the will and emotions. The phrase **has Satan filled your heart** is a metaphor. Possible meanings of the metaphor are (1) “has Satan completely controlled you” or (2) “has Satan convinced you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 5 3 zz5u figs-explicit ψεύσασθαί σε τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον, καὶ νοσφίσασθαι ἀπὸ τῆς τιμῆς 1 for you to lie to the Holy Spirit and to keep back part from the price This implies that Ananias had told the apostles that he was giving the entire amount that he had received from selling his land. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 5 4 vu7g figs-rquestion οὐχὶ μένον σοὶ ἔμενεν, καὶ πραθὲν ἐν τῇ σῇ ἐξουσίᾳ ὑπῆρχεν? 1 While it remained, did it not remain yours, and after it was sold, was it not in your authority? Peter uses this question to rebuke Ananias. Alternate translation: “While it remained, it remained yours, and after it was sold, it was in your authority.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ACT 5 4 vi8w ἔμενεν 1 While it remained “Before you sold it” -ACT 5 4 wm2r figs-rquestion πραθὲν ἐν τῇ σῇ ἐξουσίᾳ ὑπῆρχεν? 1 after it was sold, was it not in your authority? Peter uses this question to rebuke Ananias. Alternate translation: “after it was sold, you had control over the money that you received.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ACT 5 4 k7nc figs-activepassive πραθὲν 1 after it was sold This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “after you sold it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 5 4 i5dw figs-rquestion τί ὅτι ἔθου ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου τὸ πρᾶγμα τοῦτο? 1 How is it that you placed of this thing in your heart? Peter used this question to rebuke Ananias. Here the word “heart” refers to the will and emotions. Alternate translation: “You should not have thought of doing this thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 5 5 cc5y figs-euphemism πεσὼν ἐξέψυξεν 1 fell down and breathed his last Here **breathed his last** means “breathed his final breath” and is a polite way of saying that he died. Ananias fell down because he died; he did not die because he fell down. Alternate translation: “died and fell to the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -ACT 5 7 ry54 ἡ γυνὴ αὐτοῦ…εἰσῆλθεν 1 his wife came in “Ananias’ wife came in” or “Sapphira came in” -ACT 5 7 k3c9 τὸ γεγονὸς 1 what had happened “that her husband had died” -ACT 5 8 bcf6 τοσούτου 1 for this much “for this much money.” This refers to the amount of money that Ananias had given to the apostles. -ACT 5 9 w1lb figs-you 0 General Information: Here the word “you” is plural and refers to both Ananias and Sapphira. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -ACT 5 9 vym8 0 Connecting Statement: This is the end of the part of the story about Ananias and Sapphira. -ACT 5 9 v7sw figs-rquestion τί ὅτι συνεφωνήθη ὑμῖν πειράσαι τὸ Πνεῦμα Κυρίου? 1 How is it that you have agreed together to test the Spirit of the Lord? Peter asks this question to rebuke Sapphira. Alternate translation: “You should not have agreed together to test the Spirit of the Lord!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) -ACT 5 9 hc22 συνεφωνήθη ὑμῖν 1 you have agreed together “the two of you have agreed together” -ACT 5 9 pg1e πειράσαι τὸ Πνεῦμα Κυρίου 1 to test the Spirit of the Lord Here the word **test** means to challenge or to prove. They were trying to see if they could get away with lying to God without receiving punishment. -ACT 5 9 xj1l figs-synecdoche οἱ πόδες τῶν θαψάντων τὸν ἄνδρα σου 1 the feet of those who buried your husband Here the phrase **the feet** refers to the men. Alternate translation: “the men who have buried your husband” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ACT 5 10 nwb9 ἔπεσεν…πρὸς τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ 1 she fell down at his feet This means that when she died, she fell on the floor in front of Peter. This expression should not be confused with falling down at a person’s feet as a sign of humility. -ACT 5 10 s7en figs-euphemism ἐξέψυξεν 1 breathed her last Here **breathed her last** means “breathed her final breath” and is a polite way of saying “she died.” See how you translated a similar phrase in [Acts 5:5](../05/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) -ACT 5 12 aud2 0 General Information: Here the words “They” and “they” refer to the believers. -ACT 5 12 c2e7 0 Connecting Statement: Luke continues to tell what happens in the early days of the church. -ACT 5 12 lde1 figs-activepassive διὰ δὲ τῶν χειρῶν τῶν ἀποστόλων, ἐγίνετο σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα πολλὰ ἐν τῷ λαῷ 1 And many signs and wonders were taking place among the people through the hands of the apostles This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “And the apostles performed many signs and wonders among the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 5 12 ux3n σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα 1 signs and wonders “supernatural events and miraculous deeds.” See how you translated these terms in [Acts 2:22](../02/22.md) -ACT 5 12 sri8 figs-synecdoche διὰ…τῶν χειρῶν τῶν ἀποστόλων 1 through the hands of the apostles Here the word **hands** refers to the apostles. Alternate translation: “through the apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) -ACT 5 12 k99k Στοᾷ Σολομῶντος 1 Porch of Solomon This was a covered walkway that consisted of rows of pillars that supported a roof, and which people named after king Solomon. See how you translated **the porch that is called Solomon’s** in [Acts 3:11](../03/11.md). -ACT 5 14 l9bs 0 General Information: Here the word “they” refers to the people who lived in Jerusalem. -ACT 5 14 m9wx figs-activepassive μᾶλλον…προσετίθεντο πιστεύοντες τῷ Κυρίῳ 1 more believers were being added to the Lord This could be stated in active form. See how you translated **were added** in [Acts 2:41](../02/41.md). Alternate translation: “more people were believing in the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 5 15 y2ev figs-explicit ἡ σκιὰ ἐπισκιάσῃ τινὶ αὐτῶν 1 his shadow might fall on some of them It is implied that God would heal them if Peter’s shadow touched them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 5 16 fu1a ὀχλουμένους ὑπὸ πνευμάτων ἀκαθάρτων 1 those afflicted with unclean spirits “those whom unclean spirits had afflicted” -ACT 5 16 lyc7 figs-activepassive οἵτινες ἐθεραπεύοντο ἅπαντες 1 who were all healed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “and God healed them all” or “and the apostles healed them all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 5 17 p4ta 0 Connecting Statement: The religious leaders began to persecute the believers. -ACT 5 17 x2ed δὲ 1 But This begins a contrasting story. You may translate this in the way that your language introduces a contrasting narrative. -ACT 5 17 f9ye figs-idiom ἀναστὰς…ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς 1 the high priest rose up Here the phrase **rose up** means that the high priest decided to take action, not that he stood up from a seated position. Alternate translation: “the high priest took action” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 5 17 pc45 figs-activepassive ἐπλήσθησαν ζήλου 1 and they were filled with jealousy The abstract noun **jealousy** can be translated as an adjective. This could be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “and they became very jealous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ACT 5 18 j58p figs-idiom ἐπέβαλον τὰς χεῖρας ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀποστόλους 1 laid hands on the apostles This means that they seized the apostles by force. They would have ordered guards to do this. Alternate translation: “had the guards arrest the apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 5 19 wd37 0 General Information: Here the words “them” and “they” refer to the apostles. -ACT 5 20 qm16 figs-explicit ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 in the temple This phrase here refers to the temple courtyard, not to the temple building where only the priests were allowed. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 5 20 z1x3 figs-metonymy πάντα τὰ ῥήματα τῆς ζωῆς ταύτης 1 all the words of this life The word **words** here is a metonym for the message that the apostles had already proclaimed. Possible meanings are (1) “all this message of eternal life” or (2) “the whole message of this new way of living” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 5 21 df1u figs-explicit εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν 1 into the temple They went into the temple courtyard, not into the temple building where only the priests were allowed. Alternate translation: “into the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 5 21 l7uf ὑπὸ τὸν ὄρθρον 1 about daybreak “as it began to be light.” Although the angel led them out of the jail during the night, the sun was rising by the time the apostles reached the temple courtyard. -ACT 5 21 li6a figs-ellipsis ἀπέστειλαν εἰς τὸ δεσμωτήριον ἀχθῆναι αὐτούς 1 sent to the prison to bring the apostles This implies someone went to the jail. Alternate translation: “sent someone to the jail to bring the apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ACT 5 23 ld7d figs-explicit ἔσω οὐδένα εὕρομεν 1 we found no one inside The words **no one** refer to the apostles. This implies that there was no one else in the jail cell besides the apostles. Alternate translation: “we did not find them inside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 5 24 a8dz figs-you 0 General Information: Here the word “you” is plural and refers to the captain of the temple and the chief priests. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -ACT 5 24 k5g6 διηπόρουν 1 they were perplexed “they were puzzled” or “they were confused” -ACT 5 24 baw2 περὶ αὐτῶν 1 concerning them “concerning the words they had just heard” or “concerning these things” -ACT 5 24 p78m τί ἂν γένοιτο τοῦτο 1 as to what might have happened “and concerning what had happened to the apostles” -ACT 5 25 c1am figs-explicit ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ, ἑστῶτες 1 standing in the temple They did not go into the part of the temple building where only the priests were allowed. Alternate translation: “standing in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 5 26 f7pz figs-you 0 General Information: The word “they” in this section refers to the captain and the officers. In the phrase “feared that the people might stone them” the word “them” refers to the captain and the officers. All other occurrences of “them” in this chunk refer to the apostles. Here the word “you” is plural and refers to the apostles. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) -ACT 5 26 e24h 0 Connecting Statement: The captain and the officers bring the apostles before the Jewish religious council. -ACT 5 26 i2v5 ἐφοβοῦντο 1 they feared “they were afraid” -ACT 5 27 iq7w ἐπηρώτησεν αὐτοὺς ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς 1 the high priest interrogated them “the high priest questioned them.” The word **interrogated** means to intensely question someone to find out what is true. -ACT 5 28 g2hi figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ 1 in this name Here the word **name** refers to the person of Jesus. See how you translated this in [Acts 4:17](../04/17.md). Alternate translation: “about this person, Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 5 28 j4kr figs-metaphor πεπληρώκατε τὴν Ἰερουσαλὴμ τῆς διδαχῆς ὑμῶν 1 you have filled Jerusalem with your teaching Teaching many people in a city is spoken of as if they were filling the city with a teaching. Alternate translation: “you have taught many people in Jerusalem about him” or “you have taught about him throughout the Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 5 28 ym1k figs-metonymy βούλεσθε ἐπαγαγεῖν ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς τὸ αἷμα τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τούτου 1 desire to bring upon us the blood of this man Here the word **blood** is a metonym for death, and to bring someone’s blood on people is a metaphor for saying that they are guilty of that person’s death. Alternate translation: “desire to make us responsible for this man’s death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) -ACT 5 29 y211 figs-exclusive 0 General Information: Here the word “We” refers to the apostles, and not to the audience. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) -ACT 5 29 di9u ἀποκριθεὶς…Πέτρος καὶ οἱ ἀπόστολοι εἶπαν 1 answering, Peter and the apostles said Peter spoke on behalf of all of the apostles when he said the following words. -ACT 5 30 r7av figs-idiom ὁ Θεὸς τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν ἤγειρεν Ἰησοῦν 1 The God of our fathers raised up Jesus Here **raised up** is an idiom. Alternate translation: “The God of our fathers caused Jesus to live again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 5 30 pu5j figs-metonymy κρεμάσαντες ἐπὶ ξύλου 1 by hanging him on a tree Here Peter uses the word **tree** to refer to the cross which was made out of wood. Alternate translation: “by hanging him on a cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 5 31 uh2d translate-symaction τοῦτον ὁ Θεὸς…ὕψωσεν, τῇ δεξιᾷ αὐτοῦ 1 God exalted him to his right hand To be at the **right hand** of God is a symbolic action of receiving great honor and authority from God. Alternate translation: “God exalted him to the place of honor beside him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) -ACT 5 31 mr1d figs-abstractnouns τοῦ δοῦναι μετάνοιαν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ καὶ ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν 1 to give repentance to Israel, and forgiveness of sins The words **repentance** and **forgiveness** can be translated as verbs. Alternate translation: “to give the people of Israel an opportunity to repent and have God forgive their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) -ACT 5 31 q1il figs-metonymy τῷ Ἰσραὴλ 1 to Israel The word **Israel** refers to the Jewish people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 5 32 yml6 τοῖς πειθαρχοῦσιν αὐτῷ 1 to those obeying him “those submitting to God’s authority” -ACT 5 33 ekh2 0 Connecting Statement: Gamaliel addresses the council members. -ACT 5 33 abx6 ἀνελεῖν αὐτούς 1 to kill them “to kill the apostles” -ACT 5 34 i2rr writing-participants Γαμαλιήλ, νομοδιδάσκαλος τίμιος παντὶ τῷ λαῷ 1 Gamaliel, a teacher of the law, honored by all the people Luke introduces Gamaliel and provides background information about him. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) -ACT 5 34 fpr4 figs-activepassive τίμιος παντὶ τῷ λαῷ 1 honored by all the people This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “whom all the people honored” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 5 34 xk6g figs-activepassive ἐκέλευσεν ἔξω…τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ποιῆσαι 1 and commanded the apostles to be put outside This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “and commanded the guards to take the apostles outside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 5 35 ae1u προσέχετε 1 pay close attention to “think carefully about” or “be cautious about.” Gamaliel was warning them not to do something that they would later regret. -ACT 5 36 uaj6 ἀνέστη Θευδᾶς 1 Theudas rose up Possible meanings are (1) “Theudas rebelled” or (2) “Theudas appeared.” -ACT 5 36 b3nl λέγων εἶναί τινα ἑαυτόν 1 claiming himself to be somebody “claiming that he was somebody important” -ACT 5 36 ie3x figs-activepassive ὃς ἀνῃρέθη 1 He was killed This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “People killed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 5 36 juz1 figs-activepassive πάντες ὅσοι ἐπείθοντο αὐτῷ διελύθησαν 1 all, as many as were persuaded by him, were scattered This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “all the people who had been obeying him scattered” or “everyone who had been obeying him went in different directions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 5 36 rzg5 ἐγένοντο εἰς οὐδέν 1 came to nothing This means that they did not do what they had planned to do. -ACT 5 37 f33y μετὰ τοῦτον 1 After him “After Theudas” -ACT 5 37 p56f ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τῆς ἀπογραφῆς 1 in the days of the census “during the time of the census” -ACT 5 37 kz4s figs-idiom ἀπέστησε λαὸν ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ 1 drew away people after him This means that he persuaded some people to rebel with him against the Roman government. Alternate translation: “caused many people to follow him” or “caused some people to join him in rebellion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) -ACT 5 38 i4bw 0 Connecting Statement: Gamaliel finishes addressing the council members. Though they beat the apostles, command them not to teach about Jesus, and let them go, the disciples continue to teach and preach. -ACT 5 38 wz89 figs-explicit ἀπόστητε ἀπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων τούτων καὶ ἄφετε αὐτούς 1 keep away from these men and release them Gamaliel is telling the Jewish leaders not to punish the apostles any more or to put them back in jail. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) -ACT 5 38 zh1d ἐὰν ᾖ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων, ἡ βουλὴ αὕτη ἢ τὸ ἔργον τοῦτο 1 if this plan or work is from men “if men have devised this plan or are doing this work” -ACT 5 38 uql8 figs-activepassive καταλυθήσεται 1 it will be overthrown This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “someone will overthrow it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 5 39 j819 figs-ellipsis εἰ…ἐκ Θεοῦ ἐστιν 1 if it is from God Here the word **it** refers to “this plan or work.” Alternate translation: “if God has devised this plan or commanded these men to do this work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) -ACT 5 39 cyp1 figs-activepassive ἐπείσθησαν δὲ 1 And they were persuaded This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “So Gamaliel persuaded them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 5 40 z31c 0 General Information: Here first word “they” refers to the council members. The rest of the words “them,” “They,” and “they” refer to the apostles. -ACT 5 40 p6lz figs-metonymy προσκαλεσάμενοι τοὺς ἀποστόλους, δείραντες 1 summoning and beating the apostles The council members would have ordered the temple guards to do these things. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 5 40 fca9 figs-metonymy λαλεῖν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 to speak in the name of Jesus Here **name** refers to the authority of Jesus. See how you translated a similar phrase in [Acts 4:18](../04/18.md). Alternate translation: “to speak anymore in the authority of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 5 41 cv8y figs-activepassive κατηξιώθησαν ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματος ἀτιμασθῆναι 1 they had been counted worthy to suffer dishonor for the Name The apostles rejoiced because God had honored them by letting the Jewish leaders dishonor them. This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “God had counted them worthy to suffer dishonor for the Name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) -ACT 5 41 lk82 figs-metonymy ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματος 1 for the Name Here **the Name** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “for Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) -ACT 5 42 jj94 πᾶσάν τε ἡμέραν 1 And every day “And each day after that day.” This phrase marks what the apostles did every day through the following days. -ACT 5 42 kyp6 figs-explicit ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ καὶ κατ’ οἶκον 1 in the temple and in each house They did not go into the temple building where only the priests went. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard and in different people’s houses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT front intro mw28 0 # Introduction to Acts

## Part 1: General Introduction

### Outline of the book of Acts

1. The apostles spread the good news about Jesus in Jerusalem (1:1–6:7)
2. The church expands into Judea and Samaria (6:8–9:31)
3. The church expands to include Gentiles (9:32–12:24)
4. Paul goes to Asia Minor as an apostle to the Gentiles (12:25–16:5)
5. The church expands into the middle Mediterranean area (16:6–19:20)
6. Paul reaches Rome, but as a prisoner and after several trials (19:21–28:31)

### What is the book of Acts about?

The book of Acts tells the story of the early church. It relates how more and more people, from different backgrounds and in different parts of the Roman Empire, became believers in Jesus. It shows the power of the Holy Spirit helping the early Christians. The events in this book began when Jesus went back to heaven and ended about thirty years later.

### How should the title of this book be translated?

Translators may choose to call this book by its traditional title, “The Acts of the Apostles.” Or translators may choose a different title, for example, “The Acts of the Holy Spirit through the Apostles.”

### Who wrote the book of Acts?

The author of this book does not give his own name. However, the book is dedicated to Theophilus, the same person to whom Luke dedicated his story of the life of Jesus, the Gospel of Luke. Also, in parts of this book, the author uses the word “we.” This indicates that the author traveled with Paul. Most scholars think that Luke was this person who traveled with Paul. Therefore, since early Christian times, most Christians have thought that Luke was the author of the book of Acts as well as the Gospel of Luke.

Luke was a medical doctor. His way of writing shows that he was an educated man. He was probably a Gentile. He personally witnessed many of the events that he describes in the book of Acts.

## Part 2: Important Religious and Cultural Concepts

### What is the church?

The church is the community of people who believe in Jesus as their Lord and Savior. The church includes both Jewish and Gentile believers. The book of Acts shows God helping the church. It shows God doing signs and wonders to confirm the church’s testimony to Jesus, leading many people to have faith in Jesus, guiding the church about where and how to share the good news, and enabling believers to resolve conflicts and endure persecution.

### The kingdom of God

The “kingdom of God” is a major concept in the book of Acts, as it is in the Gospel of Luke. This concept is very rich in meaning. It includes the idea of eternal life in the presence of God, but it also includes the idea of what the earth will be like in the future when God rules everything, and the idea of life on earth right now, when and where God’s wishes are carried out fully. The unifying concept behind all of these ideas is that of God ruling and of people embracing God’s rule over their lives. Wherever the expression “the kingdom of God” occurs, translation notes will suggest communicating the idea behind the abstract noun “kingdom” with some phrase that uses the verb “rule.” UST models this approach consistently. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]])

## Part 3: Important Translation Issues

### Possible translation difficulties in the book of Acts

“to the same”

The phrase “to the same” occurs five times in this book (1:15, 2:1, 2:44, 2:47, 4:26). It is not entirely clear what this phrase means. In the first three instances it could mean “in the same place,” but it could also mean “in one accord,” that is, “in full agreement.” In 2:47 it seems to mean “to their group.” Paul uses the same phrase in 1 Corinthians 11:20 and 14:23, where it could mean “in the same place” or it could have the sense of full agreement and mean something like “in Christian fellowship.” That sense would fit Acts 2:47, where the phrase could be translated “to their Christian fellowship.” In 4:26 it could mean “to the same place,” but it could also mean “by agreement.” Notes will discuss the different possibilities in each case where the phrase could mean more than one thing.

“in/to/into the temple”

Luke uses this phrase many times in this book, but it does not refer to the temple building itself. Only priests were allowed to enter that building, so the phrase refers to the courtyard or area around the temple. The phrase “in the porch that is called Solomon’s” in 3:11 makes it clear that Peter and John and the crowd that gathered on the occasion that chapter describes were not inside the temple building. Notes will address this phrase to explain its meaning each time it occurs in the book.

### What are the major issues in the text of the book of Acts?

The following are the most significant textual issues in Acts. Notes will address them where they occur in the book.

First, there are some verses that are found in traditional versions of the Bible, but they are not found in the most accurate ancient manuscripts of the Bible. Some modern versions put these verses in square brackets [ ]. The ULT and UST put them in footnotes. If a translation of the Bible already exists in your area, you could consider including these verses if that translation does. If there is not already a Bible translation in your area, we recommend that you put these verses in footnotes. These verses are:

- Acts 8:37, “Philip said, ‘If you believe with all your heart, you may be baptized.’ The Ethiopian answered, ‘I believe that Jesus Christ is the Son of God.’”
- Acts 15:34, “But it seemed good to Silas to remain there.”
- Acts 24:6-8, “And we wanted to judge him according to our law. But Lysias, the officer, came and forcibly took him out of our hands, sending him to you.”
- Acts 28:29, “When he had said these things, the Jews departed, having a great dispute among themselves.”

Second, in some verses, it is uncertain what the original text said. The ULT uses the first readings listed below, but it includes the second readings in footnotes. If a translation of the Bible already exists in your area, you could consider following the same reading that it does. If there is not already a Bible translation in your area, we recommend that you follow the same reading that ULT does. These verses are:

- Acts 3:22, “the Lord our God.” Some versions read “the Lord your God,” and other versions read “the Lord God.”
- Acts 12:25, “They returned from Jerusalem.” Some versions read, “They returned to Jerusalem” (or “to there”).
- Acts 13:18, “he put up with them.” Some versions read, “he cared for them.”
- Acts 15:17-18, “This is what the Lord says, who has done these things that have been known from ancient times.” Some older versions read, “This is what the Lord says, to whom are known all his deeds from ancient times.”

(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) +ACT 1 intro vyg9 0 # Acts 01 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

The UST has set the words “Dear Theophilus” apart from the other words. This is because English speakers often start letters this way. You may want to start this book in the way that people start letters in your culture.

Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the two quotations from the book of Psalms in 1:20.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The Ascension

This chapter records an event that is commonly known as the “Ascension.” That word describes how Jesus returned to heaven after he became alive again. In the future he will come back to earth again, and his return to earth is known as his “Second Coming.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/heaven]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/resurrection]])

### Baptism

Luke uses the word “baptize” with two different meanings in [1:5](../01/05.md). In the first instance, it refers literally to the water baptism of John. In the second instance, it refers figuratively to people being filled with the Holy Spirit. Luke uses the term “filled” to mean this same thing in [2:4](../02/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/baptize]])

### “He spoke things concerning the kingdom of God”

Some scholars believe that when Jesus spoke “things concerning the kingdom of God,” as Luke describes in [1:3](../01/03.md), he explained to the disciples why the kingdom of God had not come while he was on earth the first time. Other scholars believe that the kingdom of God did begin while Jesus was on earth and that Jesus explained that it had come in a form different from the one the disciples had expected. Since Christians hold different views about the kingdom of God coming, translators should be careful not to let how they understand that issue affect how they translate this verse.

## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Long sentence

As was common in compositions of this time, for stylistic purposes Luke begins this book with a very long sentence. It goes from the beginning of [1:1](../01/01.md) to the end of [1:3](../01/03.md). ULT represents all of this as a single sentence. It may be clearer in your translation to divide it into several sentences, as UST does.

### The details of the death of Judas

There are some differences in detail between the way Luke describes the death of Judas in the book of Acts and the way Matthew describes it in his gospel. Luke says that Judas used the money he got for betraying Jesus to buy a field; Matthew says that Judas returned the money to the Jewish leaders and they bought the field with it. Luke says that Judas killed himself by falling onto the field from a height; Matthew says that Judas hanged himself. Luke says that the field was named the “Field of Blood” because Judas died a bloody death there; Matthew says the field was given that name because it was purchased with “blood money,” that is, money paid to ensure someone’s death.

It is possible to reconcile many of these details. For example, the body of Judas may have fallen and split open on the field if he fell when he tried to hang himself. Luke may say that Judas bought the field because the Jewish leaders would not take back the money that they had paid him, and so in a sense it was still his money when the field was purchased with it.

But it would probably be best not to try to reconcile these details within your translation. For example, when Luke says in [1:18](../01/18.md) that Judas fell onto the field, you do not need to say that he fell when he was trying to hang himself. Instead, you can let Luke and Matthew each tell the story the way they do, and you can leave it up to preachers and teachers of the Bible to explain how their accounts are compatible.

### The twelve disciples

There is one small difference between the list of the twelve disciples that Matthew and Mark provide in their gospels and the list that Luke provides in his gospel and in the book of Acts.

All three writers list Simon Peter and his brother Andrew; James and John, the two sons of Zebedee; Philip, Bartholomew, Thomas, Matthew, James the son of Alphaeus, Simon the Zealot, and Judas Iscariot. But Matthew and Mark say that the twelfth disciple was Thaddeus, while Luke says he was Judas the son of James. However, it is quite likely that Thaddeus was another name by which this other Judas was known.

Once again it is not necessary to try to reconcile these details within your translation. Specifically, in [1:13](../01/13.md) you do not need to say “Judas the son of James, who was also known as Thaddeus.” Here as well you can let each of the biblical writers tell the story in the way that they do, and you can leave it up to preachers and teachers of the Bible to explain how their accounts are compatible.

+ACT 1 1 q9ep figs-explicit τὸν μὲν πρῶτον λόγον ἐποιησάμην 1 I made the first account Luke assumes that Theophilus will know that by **the first account** he means the book that has become known as the Gospel of Luke. Since that book was not known by that title at this time, it would not be accurate to put the title in your translation as a name that Luke would have used to describe the book to Theophilus. However, you could explain this in a footnote and use another expression here. Alternate translation: “I wrote in my first volume” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 1 1 a000 ὦ Θεόφιλε 1 O Theophilus Here Luke is identifying and addressing the man for whom he complied this account of the early church. Since this is like the salutation of a letter, in your translation you may wish to follow your culture’s way of identifying and greeting the addressee of a letter. UST models this by saying “Dear Theophilus” and putting the phrase at the beginning of the sentence. +ACT 1 1 ryj5 translate-names Θεόφιλε 1 Theophilus **Theophilus** is the name of a man. It means “friend of God.” It may be his actual name, or it may describe what this man was like. Most translations treat it as his name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 1 1 a001 figs-idiom περὶ πάντων…ὧν ἤρξατο ὁ Ἰησοῦς ποιεῖν τε καὶ διδάσκειν 1 all that Jesus began both to do and to teach Luke is using the word **began** in an idiomatic way to indicate that Jesus had been doing something else (he had been working as a carpenter), but he then began to do something new when he started his ministry. In many languages it would not be necessary to translate the word **began.** Alternate translation: “all that Jesus did and taught” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 1 1 a002 figs-hyperbole περὶ πάντων…ὧν ἤρξατο ὁ Ἰησοῦς ποιεῖν τε καὶ διδάσκειν 1 all that Jesus began both to do and to teach This is a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “some of the most important things that Jesus did and taught” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +ACT 1 2 a003 figs-idiom ἄχρι ἧς ἡμέρας 1 until that day when While this did happen on a specific day, Luke is likely using the word **day** idiomatically to mean a specific time. Alternate translation: “up to the time when” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 1 2 n435 figs-activepassive ἀνελήμφθη 1 he was taken up If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God took him up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 1 2 a424 figs-explicit ἀνελήμφθη 1 he was taken up Luke is referring to Jesus being **taken up** into heaven. See the discussion of “Ascension” in the General Notes to this chapter. Alternate translation: “he was taken up into heaven” or “God took him up into heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 1 3 a004 οἷς καὶ παρέστησεν ἑαυτὸν ζῶντα, μετὰ τὸ παθεῖν αὐτὸν 1 to whom also, after he had suffered, he presented himself living with many proofs As the General Notes to this chapter suggest, it be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Jesus also presented himself alive with many proofs to his apostles after he had suffered” +ACT 1 3 dup3 figs-explicit μετὰ τὸ παθεῖν αὐτὸν 1 after he had suffered This refers to how Jesus suffered and died on the cross. Alternate translation: “after he had suffered and died on the cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 1 3 a005 figs-explicit ἐν πολλοῖς τεκμηρίοις 1 with many proofs The word translated **proofs** describes items of evidence that are decisive and convincing. Alternate translation: “with many definitive proofs” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 1 3 yc16 figs-explicit δι’ ἡμερῶν τεσσεράκοντα, ὀπτανόμενος αὐτοῖς, καὶ λέγων 1 appearing to them for 40 days and speaking While the antecedent of **whom** is “the apostles whom he had chosen” in the previous verse, Jesus actually appeared to many other disciples besides his apostles. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “For 40 days he appeared to his apostles and many of his other disciples, and he spoke” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 1 3 a006 figs-abstractnouns τὰ περὶ τῆς Βασιλείας τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 things concerning the kingdom of God See the discussion of the concept of the **kingdom of God** in Part 2 of the General Introduction to Acts. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a verb such as “rule,” as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ACT 1 4 a007 figs-doublenegatives ἀπὸ Ἱεροσολύμων, μὴ χωρίζεσθαι 1 not to depart from Jerusalem If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a positive expression to translate this double negative that consists of the negative particle **not** and the negative verb **depart**. Alternate translation: “to remain in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) +ACT 1 4 vb7g figs-quotemarks ἀπὸ Ἱεροσολύμων, μὴ χωρίζεσθαι 1 not to depart from Jerusalem The content of Jesus’ instructions to the apostles on this occasion begins here. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could translate and punctuate the material from here to the end of the verse as a direct quotation, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +ACT 1 4 a008 translate-names Ἱεροσολύμων 1 Jerusalem **Jerusalem** is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 1 4 sg4h figs-metonymy τὴν ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Πατρὸς 1 the promise of the Father Jesus is referring figuratively to the Holy Spirit, by association with the way God made a **promise** to send the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit, whom the Father promised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 1 4 a009 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρὸς 1 of the Father **Father** is an important title for God. Alternate translation: “of God the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +ACT 1 4 tj6r figs-quotations ἣν ἠκούσατέ μου 1 which you heard from me In keeping with his engaging storytelling style, Luke begins a quotation from Jesus here without introducing it with a formula such as “he said.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could include an introductory formula in your translation. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “He said, ‘You heard about this from me’” or “He said, ‘I told you about this’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) +ACT 1 4 d3kr figs-you ἠκούσατέ 1 you heard Here, **you** is plural because Jesus is speaking to the apostles, so use the plural form of “you” in your translation if your language marks that distinction. In [1:6](../01/06.md), “you” is singular because Jesus alone is being addressed, so the singular form would be accurate there. In general these notes will not discuss whether **you** is singular or plural when this should be clear from the context. But they will address ambiguous cases where this may not be clear. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +ACT 1 5 uu4k translate-names Ἰωάννης 1 John **John** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 1 5 fnq5 figs-explicit Ἰωάννης 1 John Jesus is referring to the man who was known as John the Baptist because he baptized people. It may help to identify him if you use that title after his name in your translation. However, because the word “Baptist” is associated with a group of churches in many parts of the world, it may be clearer to use a different form of the word as a title, as UST does by saying “Baptizer.” Alternate translation: “John the Baptist” or “John the Baptizer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 1 5 a075 figs-metaphor ὑμεῖς…ἐν Πνεύματι βαπτισθήσεσθε Ἁγίῳ 1 you will be baptized in the Holy Spirit After describing earlier in the verse how John baptized people literally, Jesus is using baptism in this second instance as a metaphor. See the discussion in the General Notes to this chapter. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit will come and empower you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 1 5 dzj1 figs-activepassive βαπτισθήσεσθε 1 you will be baptized You may wish to retain the metaphor of baptism in your translation. If you do, if it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you can say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will baptize you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 1 5 a010 figs-litotes οὐ μετὰ πολλὰς ταύτας ἡμέρας 1 after these not many days Jesus is using a figure of speech that expresses a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “just a few days from now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) +ACT 1 6 n9wt writing-pronouns οἱ μὲν οὖν συνελθόντες, ἠρώτων αὐτὸν 1 They therefore having assembled, they were asking him In the first instance, **they** describes Jesus and the apostles, while in the second instance, **they** refers to the apostles. (Other disciples could have been present on this occasion, but the instructions that Jesus gives about being “witnesses” in [1:8](../01/08.md) apply specifically to the apostles, so it would be good to name them directly.) Alternate translation: “When the apostles were together with Jesus, the apostles were asking him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ACT 1 6 a011 figs-idiom εἰ ἐν τῷ χρόνῳ τούτῳ, ἀποκαθιστάνεις τὴν βασιλείαν τῷ Ἰσραήλ 1 if you are restoring the kingdom to Israel at this time This is an idiomatic way of asking a question. Alternate translation: “Are you restoring the kingdom to Israel at this time” or “Will you now restore the kingdom to Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 1 6 f7uj figs-abstractnouns εἰ…ἀποκαθιστάνεις τὴν βασιλείαν τῷ Ἰσραήλ 1 if you are restoring the kingdom to Israel If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **kingdom** with a concrete noun such as “king.” Alternate translation: “are you going to give Israel its own king again” or “are you going to become the restored king of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ACT 1 6 a252 translate-names τῷ Ἰσραήλ 1 to Israel **Israel** is the name of a nation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 1 7 a012 figs-explicit οὐχ ὑμῶν ἐστιν γνῶναι 1 It is not for you to know Jesus is saying implicitly by this response that he is not going to tell the apostles when the thing they are asking about will happen. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly in your translation. Alternate translation: “I am not going to tell you when that will happen, because it is not for you to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 1 7 y1fu figs-doublet χρόνους ἢ καιροὺς 1 the times or the seasons This could mean: (1) The words **times** and **seasons** could refer to different kinds of time. Alternate translation: “the general period of time or the specific date” (2) Jesus could be using the two words, which have similar meanings, together for emphasis. Alternate translation: “the exact time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +ACT 1 7 a013 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples ὁ Πατὴρ 1 the Father **Father** is an important title for God. Alternate translation: “God the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +ACT 1 7 a014 figs-abstractnouns ἐν τῇ ἰδίᾳ ἐξουσίᾳ 1 by his own authority If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **authority** with a verb such as “control.” Alternate translation: “as the one who controls all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ACT 1 8 ld4k grammar-connect-logic-result λήμψεσθε δύναμιν, ἐπελθόντος τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύματος ἐφ’ ὑμᾶς, καὶ ἔσεσθέ μου μάρτυρες 1 you will receive power when the Holy Spirit has come upon you, and you will be my witnesses Jesus is using the word translated **and** to describe a result. Alternate translation: “when the Holy Spirit comes upon you, then you will receive power to be my witnesses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ACT 1 8 a015 figs-abstractnouns δύναμιν 1 power +ACT 1 8 a016 translate-names Ἰερουσαλὴμ…Ἰουδαίᾳ…Σαμαρείᾳ 1 Jerusalem…Judea…Samaria **Jerusalem** is the name of a city, and **Judea** and **Samaria** are the names of regions. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 1 8 vb4m figs-idiom ἕως ἐσχάτου τῆς γῆς 1 to the end of the earth This is a reference to place, not to time. Jesus does not mean “until the world ends.” Alternate translation: “all over the world” or “to the places on the earth that are farthest away from here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 1 9 e1q1 figs-explicit βλεπόντων αὐτῶν 1 as they were looking Your language may require you to specify the object of **looking**. Alternate translation: “as they were looking at him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 1 9 l1cq figs-activepassive ἐπήρθη 1 he was raised up If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. (See the discussion of “Ascension” in the General Notes to this chapter.) Alternate translation: “he rose up” or “God raised him up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 1 9 ug58 figs-metonymy ἀπὸ τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν αὐτῶν 1 from their eyes Luke is using the **eyes** of the apostles figuratively to mean their capacity to see. Alternate translation: “from their sight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 1 10 enu1 figs-explicit ἀτενίζοντες ἦσαν εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν 1 they were looking intently into heaven Since a cloud was able to block the apostles’ view, it is clear that Luke is using the word translated **heaven** here in one of its specific senses to mean “sky.” It would be good to make clear that the apostles were not seeing into heaven itself. Alternate translation: “gazing at the sky” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 1 10 a017 figs-metaphor καὶ ἰδοὺ ἄνδρες δύο 1 and behold, two men Luke is using the term **behold** to focus readers’ attention on how suddenly these **two men** appeared. You language may have a comparable expression that you can use in your translation. Alternate translation: “just then two men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 1 10 a018 grammar-connect-time-sequential καὶ 1 and Luke uses the word translated **and** to indicate that the event of the men appearing happened after the event of Jesus going up. Alternate translation: “then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) +ACT 1 10 a019 figs-explicit ἄνδρες δύο 1 two men These were actually angels. Luke calls them **men** because they appeared in human form. Alternate translation: “two angels” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 1 10 a020 ἐσθήσεσι λευκαῖς 1 white clothes In this context, the word **white** likely has the specific sense of “bright” or “shining.” Alternate translation: “bright clothes” or “shining clothes” +ACT 1 11 a021 figs-explicit οἳ…εἶπαν 1 they said This could mean: (1) One of the angels may have spoken on behalf of both of them. Alternate translation: “one of them said” (2) The two angels may have each said different parts of the quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 1 11 a022 figs-verbs οἳ…εἶπαν 1 they said If you retain the word **they** in your translation and if your language uses dual forms for verbs, it would be accurate to use the dual form here, since two men are speaking. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-verbs]]) +ACT 1 11 gpg3 figs-idiom ἄνδρες, Γαλιλαῖοι 1 Men, Galileans This is an idiomatic form of address. Alternate translation: “You Galileans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 1 11 a023 translate-names ἄνδρες, Γαλιλαῖοι 1 Men, Galileans **Galileans** are people who are from the region of Galilee. Alternate translation: “You men from Galilee” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 1 11 a024 figs-rquestion τί ἑστήκατε βλέποντες εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν? 1 why do you stand looking into heaven? The angels are not looking for information. They are using the question form for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate their words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “there is no reason for you to stand looking into heaven!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ACT 1 11 a025 figs-idiom τί ἑστήκατε βλέποντες 1 why do you stand looking This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “why do you keep looking” or “there is no reason for you to keep looking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 1 11 a026 ὁ ἀναλημφθεὶς ἀφ’ ὑμῶν εἰς τὸν οὐρανὸν…ἐθεάσασθε αὐτὸν πορευόμενον εἰς τὸν οὐρανόν 1 who has been taken up from you into heaven…you saw him going into heaven In its second occurrence in this sentence, the term translated **heaven** likely means “the sky,” as in the previous sentence and in the previous verse. However, in its first occurrence in this sentence, the term likely means “heaven” itself. It would not be accurate to say that Jesus was just “taken up from you into the sky.” Alternate translation: “who has been taken up from you into heaven…you saw him going into the sky” +ACT 1 11 a027 figs-activepassive ὁ ἀναλημφθεὶς 1 who has been taken up If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who has done the action. Alternate translation: “whom God has taken up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 1 11 cue7 figs-idiom ὃν τρόπον 1 in which manner This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “in the same way in which” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 1 12 x2nk writing-pronouns ὑπέστρεψαν 1 they returned The word **they** refers to the apostles. Alternate translation: “the apostles returned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ACT 1 12 a028 figs-activepassive ὄρους τοῦ καλουμένου Ἐλαιῶνος 1 the hill that is called Olivet If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the hill that people call Olivet” or “the hill whose name is Olivet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 1 12 a029 translate-names ὄρους τοῦ καλουμένου Ἐλαιῶνος 1 the hill that is called Olivet **Olivet** is the name of a hill. If your readers might recognize it better if you called it the Mount of Olives, you could use that name in your translation, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 1 12 a030 figs-idiom Σαββάτου ἔχον ὁδόν 1 having a journey of a Sabbath This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “a Sabbath-day’s journey away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 1 12 p19g figs-explicit Σαββάτου ἔχον ὁδόν 1 having a journey of a Sabbath The **journey of a Sabbath** was the distance that interpreters of the law of Moses had determined people could walk on the Sabbath without that being “work.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express the distance in the measurement that your culture uses. Alternate translation: “about a kilometer away” or “about half a mile away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 1 13 vis2 figs-explicit ὅτε εἰσῆλθον 1 when they arrived The previous verse explains that the apostles returned to Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that again explicitly here. Alternate translation: “when they arrived back in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 1 13 zt12 translate-unknown εἰς τὸ ὑπερῷον, ἀνέβησαν οὗ ἦσαν καταμένοντες 1 they went up into the upper chamber where they were staying In this culture, in some houses, rooms were built on top of other rooms. The expression **upper chamber** describes such a room, which was reached by stairs. If your culture does not have houses like that, it may be helpful to explain the meaning of the expression in your translation. Alternate translation: “they climbed the stairs to the room where they were staying, which had been built on top of other rooms in the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +ACT 1 13 a031 translate-names Πέτρος…Ἰωάννης…Ἰάκωβος…Ἀνδρέας…Φίλιππος…Θωμᾶς…Βαρθολομαῖος…Μαθθαῖος 1 Peter…John…James…Andrew…Philip…Thomas…Bartholomew…Matthew These are the names of eight men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 1 13 a032 figs-idiom Ἰάκωβος Ἁλφαίου…Ἰούδας Ἰακώβου 1 James of Alphaeus…Judas of James These are two occurrences of an idiom. Alternate translation: “James the son of Alphaeus…Judas the son of James” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 1 13 a033 translate-names Ἰάκωβος…Ἁλφαίου…Ἰούδας…Ἰακώβου 1 James…Alphaeus…Judas…James These are the names of four men, two sons and their fathers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 1 13 a034 translate-names Σίμων ὁ Ζηλωτὴς 1 Simon the Zealot **Simon** is the name of a man, and **Zealot** is another name by which he was known. **Zealot** could mean: (1) It could be a title that indicates that this man was part of the group of people who wanted to free the Jewish people from Roman rule. Alternate translation: “Simon the Patriot” (2) It could be a description that indicates that this man was zealous for God to be honored. Alternate translation: “Simon the Passionate One” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 1 14 z6cf ὁμοθυμαδὸν 1 unanimously The word **unanimously** indicates that the apostles and other believers shared a common commitment and purpose and that there was no strife among them. Alternate translation: “with one accord” or “harmoniously” +ACT 1 14 a035 figs-explicit γυναιξὶν 1 the women Luke assumes that his readers will know he is referring to the women who accompanied Jesus and his disciples during his ministry. These women provided for them out of their own means and they had traveled with them to Jerusalem. These women are described in [Luke 8:2–3](../luk/08/02.md) and [23:49](../luk/23/49.md). Alternate translation: “the women who had helped Jesus and his disciples during his ministry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 1 14 a036 translate-names Μαρία 1 Mary **Mary** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 1 14 a037 translate-kinship τοῖς ἀδελφοῖς αὐτοῦ 1 his brothers These were Jesus’ younger brothers. They were the sons of Mary and Joseph. Since the Father of Jesus was God, and their father was Joseph, they were actually his half-brothers. That detail is not normally translated, but if your language has a specific word for “younger brother,” you may wish to use it here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-kinship]]) +ACT 1 15 il8w writing-newevent καὶ ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ταύταις 1 And in those days Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new event in the story. The phrase refers to the period of time after Jesus ascended, when the disciples were meeting in the upper chamber. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) +ACT 1 15 cup2 figs-idiom ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ταύταις 1 in those days Luke is using the term **days** idiomatically to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “during that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 1 15 a038 translate-symaction ἀναστὰς 1 having stood up Peter **stood up** to indicate that he had something important to say. Alternate translation: “having stood up to show that he had something important to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) +ACT 1 15 liz1 figs-metaphor τῶν ἀδελφῶν 1 the brothers Luke is using the term **brothers** figuratively to mean people who share the same faith. Alternate translation: “his fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 1 15 a039 figs-gendernotations τῶν ἀδελφῶν 1 the brothers Although the term **brothers** is masculine, Luke is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If you retain the metaphor in your translation, you could say “brothers and sisters” to indicate this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +ACT 1 15 tl5m writing-background ἦν τε ὄχλος ὀνομάτων ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ ὡς ἑκατὸν εἴκοσι 1 and the multitude of names to the same was about 120 Luke provides this background information to help readers appreciate what happens shortly afterwards in the story, when the church grows in one day to many times this size. It may be helpful to put this background information first in the verse as a separate sentence, in which case it would not have to be in parentheses. Alternate translation: “Now the number of people in that one place was about 120.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +ACT 1 15 a040 figs-metonymy ὄχλος ὀνομάτων 1 the multitude of names Luke is using the term **names** figuratively to mean “people,” by association with the way that people have names. Alternate translation: “the number of people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 1 15 a041 ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ 1 to the same See the discussion of this phrase in Part 3 of the Introduction to Acts. Alternate translation: “in that one place” or “in their Christian fellowship” +ACT 1 16 a042 figs-idiom ἄνδρες, ἀδελφοί 1 Men, brothers This is an idiomatic form of address. Alternate translation: “My brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 1 16 a043 figs-metaphor ἄνδρες, ἀδελφοί 1 Men, brothers See how you translated the term **brothers** in [1:15](../01/15.md). Alternate translation: “My fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 1 16 a044 figs-gendernotations ἄνδρες, ἀδελφοί 1 Men, brothers If you decide to retain the metaphor of **brothers**, you could show that Peter is using the term in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “My brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +ACT 1 16 a045 figs-infostructure ἔδει πληρωθῆναι τὴν Γραφὴν, ἣν προεῖπε τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον διὰ στόματος Δαυεὶδ περὶ Ἰούδα, τοῦ γενομένου ὁδηγοῦ τοῖς συλλαβοῦσιν Ἰησοῦν 1 it was necessary for the scripture to be fulfilled that the Holy Spirit spoke before by the mouth of David concerning Judas, who became a guide to the ones who arrested Jesus If it would be clearer in your language, you could put the information that Peter provides to identify this **scripture** before his statement that it had to be **fulfilled**. It may be helpful to make that statement a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit spoke before by the mouth of David concerning Judas, who became a guide to the ones who arrested Jesus. It was necessary for that scripture to be fulfilled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) +ACT 1 16 i8tl figs-activepassive ἔδει πληρωθῆναι τὴν Γραφὴν 1 it was necessary for the scripture to be fulfilled If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the things needed to take place that the scripture described” or, if you put the background information first as a separate sentence, “What that scripture described needed to take place” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 1 16 a046 προεῖπε 1 spoke before Alternate translation: “spoke beforehand” or “spoke in advance” +ACT 1 16 f3um figs-metonymy διὰ στόματος Δαυεὶδ 1 by the mouth of David Peter is using the word **mouth** figuratively to refer to words that David spoke or sang using his mouth and that he recorded in the book of Psalms, as Peter indicates in [1:20](../01/20.md). Alternate translation: “through the words of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 1 16 a047 translate-names Δαυεὶδ…Ἰούδα 1 David…Judas **David** and **Judas** are the names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 1 16 a048 figs-synecdoche τοῦ γενομένου ὁδηγοῦ τοῖς συλλαβοῦσιν Ἰησοῦν 1 who became a guide to the ones who arrested Jesus Peter is using the act of guiding **the ones who arrested Jesus** to represent all of the things that Judas did to betray Jesus. This also included meeting beforehand with his enemies, receiving payment for the betrayal, and looking for the best opportunity to catch Jesus away from the crowds. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express this in more general terms. Alternate translation: “who betrayed Jesus to his enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ACT 1 17 q73y grammar-connect-logic-result ὅτι 1 For Peter uses the word **For** to introduce the reason for a result that is described in [1:21–22](../21/22.md), after Luke provides further background information and Peter quotes the scripture he referred to in [1:16](../01/16.md). The overall meaning is, “Since Judas was one of us apostles, we need to replace him with another witness of the ministry of Jesus.” But since so much material comes between the reason and the result, it may be helpful to give an indication here that Peter has a response in mind. Alternate translation: “There is something important we need to do in response to this scripture being fulfilled, since” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ACT 1 17 a049 figs-parallelism κατηριθμημένος ἦν ἐν ἡμῖν, καὶ ἔλαχεν τὸν κλῆρον τῆς διακονίας ταύτης 1 he was numbered with us and received a share of this ministry These two phrases mean similar things. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “Jesus chose him to be an apostle along with us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +ACT 1 17 a050 κατηριθμημένος ἦν ἐν ἡμῖν 1 he was numbered with us Peter is using the term **numbered** in one of its specific senses. Alternate translation: “he was considered to be one of us apostles” +ACT 1 17 a051 figs-activepassive κατηριθμημένος ἦν ἐν ἡμῖν 1 he was numbered with us If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “he belonged to our group of apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 1 17 tmv2 figs-exclusive ἐν ἡμῖν 1 with us Although Peter is addressing a larger group of people, he is using the word **us** to refer only to himself and the other apostles. So if your language distinguishes between exclusive and inclusive “us,” it would be accurate to use the exclusive form here. Other languages may have other ways of indicating that **us** is exclusive here. Alternate translation: “with us apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ACT 1 17 a052 figs-quotemarks τὸν κλῆρον τῆς διακονίας ταύτης 1 a share of this ministry Luke temporarily ends his quotation from Peter after this phrase so that he can provide further background information about Judas in [1:18–19](../01/18.md). The quotation resumes in [1:20](../01/20.md). If you are identifying quotations in your translation by putting them within quotation marks or by using some other punctuation or convention that your language uses, there should be an ending quotation mark or the equivalent after this phrase. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +ACT 1 18 tmv1 writing-background μὲν οὖν 1 Now indeed Luke is using this expression to introduce further background information that he provides in this verse and the next one about how Judas died and about what people called the field where he died. This is not part of Peter’s speech. You may want to indicate that by putting these verses in parentheses or by using the equivalent convention in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +ACT 1 18 dd58 figs-nominaladj οὗτος 1 this one Luke is using the demonstrative adjective **this** as a noun to refer to a specific person, Judas. (ULT shows that by adding **one**.) Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could say “he” or use the name “Judas.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +ACT 1 18 a053 figs-abstractnouns ἐκ μισθοῦ τῆς ἀδικίας 1 from the wage of unrighteousness If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **unrighteousness** with an adjective such as “unrighteous.” Alternate translation: “with the money that he received for doing an unrighteous deed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ACT 1 18 w83j figs-metonymy ἐκ μισθοῦ τῆς ἀδικίας 1 from the wage of unrighteousness Luke is using the term **unrighteousness** figuratively to describe Judas betraying Jesus, by association with the way that was an unrighteous thing to do. Alternate translation: “with the money that he received for betraying Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 1 18 kg3q figs-explicit πρηνὴς γενόμενος 1 having fallen headfirst Be sure that it is clear in your translation that Judas did not fall down accidentally. Rather, he threw himself onto the field intentionally in order to kill himself. The implications are that he must have done this from a height. Alternate translation: “because he then threw himself down from a height onto that field” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 1 18 a054 πρηνὴς γενόμενος 1 having fallen headfirst The word **headfirst** describes someone falling forward, as opposed to falling backwards. Alternate translation: “having fallen forward” +ACT 1 18 a055 figs-activepassive ἐξεχύθη πάντα τὰ σπλάγχνα αὐτοῦ 1 all his entrails were poured out If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “all his inward parts poured out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 1 19 a056 γνωστὸν ἐγένετο πᾶσι τοῖς κατοικοῦσιν Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 it became known to all those living in Jerusalem The verb form is not passive here, since **known** is an adjective rather than a participle. Even so, it may be clearer in your language to make **it** the object rather than the subject. Alternate translation: “all those living in Jerusalem heard about it” +ACT 1 19 a057 figs-hyperbole γνωστὸν ἐγένετο πᾶσι τοῖς κατοικοῦσιν Ἰερουσαλήμ 1 it became known to all those living in Jerusalem Luke says **all** as a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “it became well known to those living in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +ACT 1 19 a058 figs-activepassive ὥστε κληθῆναι τὸ χωρίον ἐκεῖνο 1 therefore that field was called If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “so they called that field” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 1 19 mxf3 translate-transliterate Ἁκελδαμάχ 1 Akeldama This is an Aramaic word. Luke spells it out using Greek letters so his readers will know how it sounds and then he says what it means, **Field of Blood**. In your translation you can spell it the way it sounds in your language and then explain its meaning. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-transliterate]]) +ACT 1 20 mz13 figs-quotemarks γέγραπται γὰρ 1 For it is written Luke now resumes his quotation of what Peter said on this occasion. If you are identifying quotations in your translation by putting them within quotation marks or by using some other punctuation or convention that your language uses, there should be an opening quotation mark or the equivalent before this phrase. It may also be helpful to indicate explicitly that the quotation resumes here. Alternate translation: “Peter went on to say, ‘For it is written’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +ACT 1 20 d7pk figs-quotesinquotes γέγραπται…ἐν βίβλῳ Ψαλμῶν, γενηθήτω ἡ ἔπαυλις αὐτοῦ ἔρημος, καὶ μὴ ἔστω ὁ κατοικῶν ἐν αὐτῇ; καί, τὴν ἐπισκοπὴν αὐτοῦ, λαβέτω ἕτερος 1 it is written in the book of Psalms, ‘Let his habitation be made desolate, and let not one dwelling be in it,’ and ‘Let another take his overseership.’ If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “it is written in the book of Psalms that his habitation should be made desolate, with no one dwelling in it, and that another should take his overseership” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) +ACT 1 20 ip5w figs-activepassive γέγραπται…ἐν βίβλῳ Ψαλμῶν 1 it is written in the book of Psalms If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “David wrote in the book of Psalms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 1 20 mc45 figs-parallelism γενηθήτω ἡ ἔπαυλις αὐτοῦ ἔρημος, καὶ μὴ ἔστω ὁ κατοικῶν ἐν αὐτῇ 1 Let his habitation be made desolate, and let not one dwelling be in it These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if the repetition might be confusing, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “Let his habitation be made desolate, yes, let no one dwell in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +ACT 1 20 chq4 figs-metaphor γενηθήτω ἡ ἔπαυλις αὐτοῦ ἔρημος, καὶ μὴ ἔστω ὁ κατοικῶν ἐν αὐτῇ 1 Let his habitation be made desolate, and let not one dwelling be in it The word **habitation** likely refers to Judas’ home and is a metaphor for his family line. Alternate translation: “May he leave no descendants, none to continue his family line” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 1 20 lsm2 figs-activepassive γενηθήτω ἡ ἔπαυλις αὐτοῦ ἔρημος 1 Let his habitation be made desolate If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Let his habitation become desolate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 1 20 a059 τὴν ἐπισκοπὴν αὐτοῦ, λαβέτω ἕτερος 1 Let another take his overseership The word **overseership** refers to a position of leadership and supervision. It is the same term that Paul uses for a spiritual leader in [1 Timothy 3:1](../1ti/03/01.md). Alternate translation: “Let someone else take his leadership position” +ACT 1 21 t916 translate-versebridge 0 To make Peter’s main point in this verse and the next one clearer, you could combine both verses into a verse bridge. You could put his main point in a first sentence and his further explanation in a second sentence. Alternate translation: “Therefore it is necessary for someone else to become a witness with us of Jesus’ resurrection. It should be one of the men who accompanied us during all the time that the Lord Jesus came in and went out among us, beginning from the baptism of John until the day that he was taken up from us.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]]) +ACT 1 21 xz69 figs-exclusive ἡμῖν…ἡμᾶς 1 us…us In the first instance of **us**, Peter means himself and his fellow apostles, not everyone to whom he is speaking, so use the exclusive form of the word if your language marks that distinction. However, in the second instance of **us**, Peter could well mean himself and his entire audience, so use the inclusive form in that instance. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ACT 1 21 zuf7 figs-idiom εἰσῆλθεν καὶ ἐξῆλθεν ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς ὁ Κύριος Ἰησοῦς 1 the Lord Jesus came in and went out among us Peter is speaking in an idiomatic way. Alternate translation: “the Lord Jesus lived among us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 1 22 qb8j figs-abstractnouns ἀρξάμενος ἀπὸ τοῦ βαπτίσματος Ἰωάννου 1 beginning from the baptism of John If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **baptism** with a verb such as “baptize.” Alternate translation: “beginning from when John started baptizing people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ACT 1 22 a060 translate-names Ἰωάννου 1 John **John** is the name of a man. Peter means the man who was known as John the Baptist. See how you translated his name in [1:5](../01/05.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 1 22 a061 figs-idiom τῆς ἡμέρας 1 the day While Jesus was **taken up** to heaven on a specific **day**, Peter may be using the word **day** idiomatically to mean a specific time. Alternate translation: “the time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 1 22 a062 writing-pronouns ἀνελήμφθη…τῆς ἀναστάσεως αὐτοῦ 1 he was taken up…his resurrection The pronoun **he** refers to Jesus, not to John the Baptist. The pronoun **his** also refers to Jesus. For clarity, you may want to use the name Jesus instead of one or both of these pronouns. Alternate translation: “Jesus was taken up … the resurrection of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ACT 1 22 yi3a figs-activepassive ἀνελήμφθη ἀφ’ ἡμῶν 1 he was taken up from us If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God took him up from us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 1 22 a063 figs-exclusive ἀφ’ ἡμῶν…σὺν ἡμῖν 1 from us…with us When Peter says **from us**, he is referring to God taking Jesus from everyone to whom he is speaking. But when Peter says **with us**, he means only himself and the other apostles. So the word “us” would be inclusive in the first instance and exclusive in the second instance, if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ACT 1 22 mrx7 figs-nominaladj ἕνα τούτων 1 one of these Peter is using the demonstrative adjective **these** as a noun to refer to specific people, the men whose qualifications he has just described. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could add the term “men” to clarify the meaning. Alternate translation: “one of these men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +ACT 1 22 g3n9 figs-abstractnouns τῆς ἀναστάσεως αὐτοῦ 1 of his resurrection If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **resurrection** with an adjective such as “alive.” Alternate translation: “that God made him alive again after he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ACT 1 23 lz7y writing-pronouns ἔστησαν δύο 1 they stood up two The pronoun **they** refers to all of the believers who were present on this occasion. This is the group that Luke describes as “the brothers” in [1:15](../01/15.md). Alternate translation: “the believers stood up two” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ACT 1 23 a064 figs-nominaladj ἔστησαν δύο 1 they stood up two Luke is using the adjective **two** as a noun to refer to specific people, two men who met the qualifications Peter described. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could add the term “men” to clarify the meaning, and you could also describe these men more specifically. Alternate translation: “the believers stood up two men” or “the believers stood up two men who met the qualifications that Peter described” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +ACT 1 23 a065 translate-symaction ἔστησαν δύο 1 they stood up two When the believers **stood up** these two men, that is, when they had them stand up within the group, this was a symbolic way of proposing them as candidates to replace Judas. Alternate translation: “the believers proposed two men who met the qualifications that Peter described” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) +ACT 1 23 a066 translate-names Ἰωσὴφ…Βαρσαββᾶν…Ἰοῦστος 1 Joseph…Barsabbas…Justus **Joseph** is the name of a man, and **Barsabbas** and **Justus** are two other names by which he was known. **Barsabbas** is probably a patronymic, that is, an indication of who his father was. If your language and culture identify people by patronymics, it may be helpful to translate this name as “the son of Sabbas,” as UST does. **Justus** is a Roman name, and it may be a name that this man used for official purposes and in interactions with people who spoke Latin. (It would be like the name Paul, by which Saul of Tarsus was also known in the Roman Empire.) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 1 23 s1ff figs-activepassive τὸν καλούμενον Βαρσαββᾶν, ὃς ἐπεκλήθη Ἰοῦστος 1 the one called Barsabbas, who was named Justus If it would be clearer in your language, you could say both of these things with active forms. Alternate translation: “whom people called Barsabbas and whose other name was Justus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 1 23 a067 translate-names Μαθθίαν 1 Matthias **Matthias** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 1 24 a068 translate-versebridge 0 Judas betrayed Jesus and abandoned his position as an apostle. The person praying says that in the next verse. As a result, the believers are asking God to show them whom he has chosen to replace Judas, as the person praying says in this verse. You could put the reason before the result by creating a verse bridge. UST provides a model for doing that. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]]) +ACT 1 24 a069 figs-hendiadys προσευξάμενοι, εἶπαν 1 praying they said Together the words **praying** and **said** indicate that the believers said what they did while praying. Alternate translation: “they said in prayer” or “they prayed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) +ACT 1 24 zd1f figs-synecdoche προσευξάμενοι, εἶπαν 1 praying they said The pronoun **they** refers to all of the believers, but one of the apostles alone probably spoke these words on behalf of everyone. Alternate translation: “as the believers were all praying together, one of the apostles said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ACT 1 24 a070 σὺ Κύριε, καρδιογνῶστα πάντων 1 You, Lord, heart-knower of all Alternate translation: “You, Lord, who know the hearts of all people” +ACT 1 24 se6m figs-metaphor σὺ Κύριε, καρδιογνῶστα πάντων 1 You, Lord, heart-knower of all Here, the **heart** figuratively represents the thoughts and motives. Alternate translation: “You, Lord, who know the thoughts and motives of all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 1 24 a071 figs-youformal σὺ Κύριε 1 you, Lord The word **you** is singular because the person who is praying is addressing God. If your language has a formal form of “you” that it uses to address a superior respectfully, you may wish to use that form in your translation. However, it might be more natural in your language for someone who has a good, close relationship with God to address God using the informal form of “you.” Use your best judgment about what form to use here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youformal]]) +ACT 1 24 a072 figs-nominaladj ὃν ἐξελέξω ἐκ τούτων τῶν δύο ἕνα 1 which one from these two The person who is praying is using the adjective **two** as a noun to refer to specific people, the two men whom the believers have proposed. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could add the term “men” to clarify the meaning. Alternate translation: “which one of these two men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +ACT 1 25 mg47 figs-hendiadys λαβεῖν τὸν τόπον τῆς διακονίας ταύτης καὶ ἀποστολῆς 1 to take this place of ministry and apostleship The person who is praying is expressing a single idea by using two words connected with **and**. The word **apostleship** identifies what kind of **ministry** this is. Alternate translation: “to take this place of apostolic ministry” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) +ACT 1 25 ryv6 figs-metaphor ἀφ’ ἧς παρέβη Ἰούδας 1 from which Judas turned aside The expression **turned aside** figuratively means that Judas stopped performing this ministry. Alternate translation: “which Judas stopped fulfilling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 1 25 tx6n figs-euphemism πορευθῆναι εἰς τὸν τόπον τὸν ἴδιον 1 to go to his own place This phrase uses a mild expression to describe Judas’ death and likely also his judgment after death. Alternate translation: “and died under God’s judgment as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) +ACT 1 26 a073 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 And Luke uses the word translated **And** to introduce what the believers did as a result of Peter’s speech. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ACT 1 26 r84c writing-pronouns ἔδωκαν κλήρους αὐτοῖς 1 they cast lots for them The pronoun **they** refers to the believers and the pronoun **them** refers to Joseph and Matthias. You may want to specify that for clarity. (But if you decide to retain the pronoun **them** and if your language marks the dual form, **them** would be dual because it refers to those two men.) Alternate translation: “the believers cast lots to decide between Joseph and Matthias” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ACT 1 26 a074 translate-unknown ἔδωκαν κλήρους αὐτοῖς 1 they cast lots for them The term **lots** describes objects with various markings on different sides that were used, most likely by dropping them on the ground, to select between possibilities. The belief was that God would control which way these objects fell and so guide the selection process. Alternate translation: “they threw marked objects on the ground, trusting that God would use these to guide them whether to choose Joseph or Matthias” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +ACT 1 26 w4ph figs-idiom ἔπεσεν ὁ κλῆρος ἐπὶ Μαθθίαν 1 the lot fell to Matthias This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “the lot selected Matthias” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 1 26 fk4x figs-activepassive συνκατεψηφίσθη 1 he was chosen This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “the believers chose him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 2 intro x8fr 0 # Acts 02 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 2:17–21, 25–28, and 34–35.

Some translations set quotations from the Old Testament farther to the right on the page than the rest of the text. The ULT does this with the material that is quoted in 2:31.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Pentecost

The events described in this chapter took place on the day of Pentecost. That was a festival that the Jews observed each year 50 days after Passover. It was a harvest festival that celebrated the first produce from the fields. That produce was known as “firstfruits.” Many people believe that the church began to exist when the Holy Spirit came to live inside believers on this particular day of Pentecost. Those believers were the “firstfruits” of all those who would become part of the church down through the years.

### Tongues

The word “tongues” has two meanings in this chapter. In 2:3, Luke describes what came down from heaven as “tongues as if of fire.” A “tongue of fire” means a “flame of fire” (as in Isaiah 5:24, for example), so this means “something like flames of fire.” In 2:4, Luke uses the word “tongues” in the different sense of “languages” to describe the languages that the people spoke after the Holy Spirit filled them.

### Last days

In 2:17–21, Peter quotes a prophecy from Joel that describes something that will happen in the “last days.” Some scholars understand the “last days” to mean a time in the future just before Jesus returns. Other scholars understand the “last days” to mean the entire time from when Jesus first came to when he will return. Translators should be careful not to let how they understand this issue affect how they translate this expression where it occurs in 2:17. It may be best not to say more about this than ULT does. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lastday]])

### The prophecy of Joel

In 2:17–21, Peter quotes a prophecy of Joel about what would happen in the “last days.” Some of the things that prophecy describes did happen on the day of Pentecost, for example, the pouring out of the Spirit (2:17–18). Some other things did not happen, at least not literally, for example, the sun turning to darkness (2:20). Depending on how scholars understand the “last days,” they may say either that these other things await a literal future fulfillment or that they were fulfilled in some spiritual sense on the day of Pentecost. Once again it may be best not to say any more than ULT does and to allow preachers and teachers of the Bible to interpret and explain the meaning of Peter’s statement in 2:16, “this is what was spoken through the prophet Joel.” (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/prophet]])

### Baptize

In this chapter, the word “baptize” refers to water baptism as an expression of faith in Jesus for the forgiveness of sins. That is how Luke uses the term in 2:38 and 2:41. Jesus did promise the disciples in 1:5 that they would be baptized in the Holy Spirit, and the events that Luke describes in 2:1-11 are the fulfillment of that promise. But Luke does not use the word “baptize” to describe those events in this chapter. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/baptize]])

### Wonders and signs

These words refer to things that only God could do that showed that Jesus was who the disciples said he was. See the notes to this expression in 2:43.

## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “You killed” (2:23)

The Romans were the ones who killed Jesus, but they killed him because the Jews captured him, brought him to the Romans, and urged the Romans to kill him. For this reason Peter tells the people in the crowd on the day of Pentecost that they were guilty of killing Jesus. See the note to this phrase in 2:23 for suggestions about how to make clear in your translation what Peter means when he says this.

### Long sentences

There is a long sentence that goes from the beginning of 2:9 to the end of 2:11. ULT represents all of it as a single sentence. It may be clearer in your translation to divide it into several sentences, as UST does.

There is also a long sentence that goes from the beginning of 2:44 to the end of 2:47. Once again it may be clearer in your translation to divide it into several sentences, as UST does.

### Poetry

The quotations from the Old Testament in 2:17–21, 25–28, and 34–35 are poetry. For advice about how to represent this literary form in your translation, see: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-poetry]]) +ACT 2 1 i4sa writing-newevent καὶ ἐν τῷ συνπληροῦσθαι τὴν ἡμέραν τῆς Πεντηκοστῆς 1 And when the day of Pentecost was completely filled Luke uses this time reference to introduce a new event in the story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for introducing a new event. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) +ACT 2 1 a076 figs-idiom ἐν τῷ συνπληροῦσθαι τὴν ἡμέραν τῆς Πεντηκοστῆς 1 when the day of Pentecost was completely filled This is an idiomatic way of speaking about time. Alternate translation: “when the day of Pentecost had come” or, if your language does not speak of days “coming,” “on the day of Pentecost” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 2 1 a425 figs-activepassive ἐν τῷ συνπληροῦσθαι τὴν ἡμέραν τῆς Πεντηκοστῆς 1 when the day of Pentecost was completely filled Since this is an idiom, it would probably not be meaningful in most languages to retain the verb “fill” but use an active verbal form instead of the passive form here. However, if your language does speak of someone or something “filling” days or times so that they arrive, and if your language does not use passive verbal forms, you could use an active form of “fill” here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 2 1 a075 translate-names τὴν ἡμέραν τῆς Πεντηκοστῆς 1 the day of Pentecost **Pentecost** is the name of a festival. It occurs 50 days after Passover. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 2 1 i4sb writing-pronouns ἦσαν πάντες ὁμοῦ 1 they were all together Here the word **they** refers to the apostles and the other 120 believers whom Luke mentions in [1:15](../01/15.md). Alternate translation: “the apostles and all the other believers were together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ACT 2 1 a077 ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό 1 to the same See the discussion of this phrase in Part 3 of the Introduction to Acts. Alternate translation: “in the same place” or “in united Christian fellowship” +ACT 2 2 qjc3 ἐκ τοῦ οὐρανοῦ 1 from heaven This could mean: (1) Luke could be using the word translated **heaven** in one of its specific senses to mean “the sky.” Alternate translation: “from the sky” (2) Luke could mean that the sound came from **heaven** itself. +ACT 2 2 a078 figs-simile ὥσπερ φερομένης πνοῆς βιαίας 1 as of a strong wind being borne along Luke is using a simile to describe what this wind was like. You could use the same simile in your translation, or you could use a different comparison, to a similar loud sound that your readers would recognize. It may be helpful to start a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “It sounded like a strong wind being borne along” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) +ACT 2 2 jec5 figs-metaphor φερομένης πνοῆς βιαίας 1 a strong wind being borne along Luke speaks figuratively of the wind as if it were being carried through the air. Alternate translation: “a mighty, rushing wind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 2 2 a079 figs-metaphor ἐπλήρωσεν ὅλον τὸν οἶκον 1 it filled the whole house Luke speaks figuratively of this sound as if it **filled** the **house**. Alternate translation: “it could be heard throughout the house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 2 2 t4y4 ὅλον τὸν οἶκον 1 the whole house Luke may be using the word translated **house** in one of its specific senses to mean a building. So this could have been either a private home or a larger building. Alternate translation: “the entire building” +ACT 2 2 a080 figs-idiom οὗ ἦσαν καθήμενοι 1 where they were sitting Luke may be using the term **sitting** idiomatically to mean “meeting.” Alternate translation: “in which they were meeting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 2 3 re3t γλῶσσαι ὡσεὶ πυρός 1 tongues as if of fire This phrase means “something like tongues of fire,” and a “tongue of fire” means a “flame of fire.” (The expression is used with that meaning in [Isaiah 5:24](../isa/05/24.md), for example.) This is not a simile. Luke is describing what these objects looked like. Alternate translation: “objects that looked like flames of fire” +ACT 2 3 xtk4 διαμεριζόμεναι 1 distributing themselves This means that the objects that looked like flames of fire spread out so that there was one on each person. Alternate translation: “spreading around” +ACT 2 3 a081 writing-pronouns ἐκάθισεν ἐφ’ ἕνα ἕκαστον αὐτῶν 1 they sat upon each one of them The pronoun **they** refers to the objects, and the pronoun **them** refers to the disciples. Alternate translation: “one of the objects sat upon each one of the disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ACT 2 3 a082 figs-metaphor ἐκάθισεν ἐφ’ ἕνα ἕκαστον αὐτῶν 1 they sat upon each one of them Luke is using the word **sat** figuratively to indicate that the objects remained in one place once they had spread around. Alternate translation: “one of the objects remained on each one of the disciples” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 2 4 v7hi figs-activepassive ἐπλήσθησαν πάντες Πνεύματος Ἁγίου, καὶ 1 they were all filled with the Holy Spirit If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit filled them all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 2 4 a251 figs-metaphor ἐπλήσθησαν πάντες Πνεύματος Ἁγίου 1 they were all filled with the Holy Spirit Luke is speaking figuratively as if the believers were containers that the Holy Spirit **filled**. Alternate translation: “they were all inspired by the Holy Spirit” or “the Holy Spirit inspired them all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 2 4 a083 ἤρξαντο λαλεῖν ἑτέραις γλώσσαις 1 they began to speak in other tongues Luke is using the word **tongues** in one of its specific sense to mean “languages.” Alternate translation: “they began to speak in other languages” +ACT 2 4 nr9f figs-explicit ἤρξαντο λαλεῖν ἑτέραις γλώσσαις 1 they began to speak in other tongues The implication, as [2:6–11](../02/06.md) makes clear, is that the disciples were speaking languages that they did not know. Alternate translation: “they began to speak in languages that they did not know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 2 4 a084 καθὼς τὸ Πνεῦμα ἐδίδου ἀποφθέγγεσθαι αὐτοῖς 1 as the Spirit was giving them to speak out Here, **giving** has the sense of enabling. Alternate translation: “as the Spirit was enabling them to speak out” +ACT 2 4 a085 καθὼς τὸ Πνεῦμα ἐδίδου ἀποφθέγγεσθαι αὐτοῖς 1 as the Spirit was giving them to speak out The word translated **to speak out** means to speak to speak clearly and articulately. To express this meaning, it may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “The Spirit was enabling them to speak these languages clearly and articulately” +ACT 2 5 dz1l grammar-connect-time-background δὲ 1 Now Luke uses the word **Now** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. You can translate it with a word or phrase that serves the same purpose in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]]) +ACT 2 5 yft2 figs-gendernotations ἄνδρες εὐλαβεῖς 1 godly men Luke is using the term **men** in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “godly people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +ACT 2 5 stq9 figs-hyperbole παντὸς ἔθνους 1 every nation The word **every** is an generalization that emphasizes that the people came from many different nations. Alternate translation: “many different nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +ACT 2 5 a086 figs-idiom ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανόν 1 under heaven This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 2 6 bpj7 figs-activepassive συνεχύθη 1 was confused If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say what did the action. Alternate translation: “what they heard confused them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 2 6 u9hc writing-pronouns ἤκουον εἷς ἕκαστος τῇ ἰδίᾳ διαλέκτῳ λαλούντων αὐτῶν 1 each one was hearing them speaking in his own language The pronoun **them** refers to the believers and the pronoun **his** refers to each person in the multitude. Alternate translation: “each person in the multitude could hear one of the disciples speaking in that person’s own language” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ACT 2 7 m8kd figs-doublet ἐξίσταντο…καὶ ἐθαύμαζον 1 they were…amazed and were marveling The terms **amazed** and **marveling** mean similar things. Luke may be using the two terms together for emphasis. Alternate translation: “they were…greatly amazed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +ACT 2 7 a087 figs-activepassive ἐξίσταντο…πάντες καὶ ἐθαύμαζον 1 they were all amazed and were marveling The expression **were…amazed** is not a passive verbal form. However, if your language does not use passive forms, it might be clearer for your readers to use an expression that does not seem to be a passive verbal form. Alternate translation: “this amazed all of them and they were marveling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 2 7 a088 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ 1 Behold **Behold** is an expression that speakers use to focus the attention of their listeners on what they are about to say. Though it literally means “look” or “see,” the term can be used figuratively to get people to pay attention. Your language may have a comparable expression that you can use here in your translation. Alternate translation: “In fact” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 2 7 wnk2 figs-rquestion οὐχ…ἅπαντες οὗτοί εἰσιν οἱ λαλοῦντες Γαλιλαῖοι 1 are not all these who are speaking Galileans? The speakers are not looking for information. They are using the question form to express their amazement. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate their words as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “all of these people who are speaking are Galileans!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ACT 2 7 a089 translate-names Γαλιλαῖοι 1 Galileans See how you translated the name **Galileans** in [1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 2 8 hzm8 figs-rquestion καὶ πῶς ἡμεῖς ἀκούομεν ἕκαστος τῇ ἰδίᾳ διαλέκτῳ ἡμῶν, ἐν ᾗ ἐγεννήθημεν? 1 And how are we hearing, each in our own language in which we were born? The speakers do not expect someone to be able to answer this question for them. Rather, they are using the question form to express their amazement. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate their words as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “So we should not each be hearing them speak in our own languages in which we were born!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ACT 2 8 a090 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 And The speakers are using the word translated **And** to introduce the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ACT 2 8 a091 figs-explicit πῶς ἡμεῖς ἀκούομεν ἕκαστος 1 how are we hearing, each Your language may require you to specify the object of **hearing**. Alternate translation: “how are we each hearing them speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 2 8 a092 figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς…ἡμῶν 1 we…our The speakers are using the words **we** and **our** to refer to themselves and to their listeners, so use the inclusive forms of those words if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ACT 2 8 wb5t figs-metaphor ἐν ᾗ ἐγεννήθημεν 1 in which we were born The speakers say figuratively that they **were born** in these languages to mean that they learned them from birth. Alternate translation: “that we learned from birth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 2 8 a093 figs-activepassive ἐν ᾗ ἐγεννήθημεν 1 in which we were born If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. However, since this is a metaphor, it would be preferable to use another expression to explain its meaning, rather than to say something like “in which our mothers gave birth to us.” Alternate translation: “that we learned from birth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 2 9 f1ve translate-names Πάρθοι…Μῆδοι…Ἐλαμεῖται 1 Parthians…Medes…Elamites These are names of three people groups. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 2 9 dm23 translate-names τὴν Μεσοποταμίαν, Ἰουδαίαν;…Καππαδοκίαν, Πόντον…Ἀσίαν 1 Mesopotamia, Judea…Cappadocia, Pontus…Asia These are names of five areas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 2 10 tmb4 translate-names Φρυγίαν…Παμφυλίαν, Αἴγυπτον…Λιβύης 1 Phrygia…Pamphylia, Egypt…Libya These are names of four areas. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 2 10 a094 translate-names Κυρήνην 1 Cyrene **Cyrene** is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 2 10 a095 translate-names οἱ ἐπιδημοῦντες Ῥωμαῖοι 1 Romans visiting Here, **Romans** is a name for people who are from the city of Rome. Alternate translation: “visitors from Rome” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 2 11 w8jy Ἰουδαῖοί τε καὶ προσήλυτοι 1 both Jews and proselytes The term **proselytes** describes converts to the Jewish religion. The phrase **both Jews and proselytes** could apply specifically to the visitors from Rome mentioned at the end of the previous verse, or it could apply to the whole list of people in [2:9–11](../02/09.md). Alternate translation: “both Jews and converts to the Jewish religion” +ACT 2 11 jnp7 translate-names Κρῆτες…Ἄραβες 1 Cretans and Arabians These are names of two people groups. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 2 11 a096 γλώσσαις 1 tongues As in [2:4](../02/04.md), here the word **tongues** has the specific sense of “languages.” Alternate translation: “languages” +ACT 2 11 a097 figs-nominaladj τὰ μεγαλεῖα τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the great things of God The speakers are using the adjective **great** as a noun. (The term is plural. ULT adds **things** to show this.) Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this with an equivalent expression. Alternate translation: “the great things that God has done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +ACT 2 12 el2f figs-doublet ἐξίσταντο…πάντες καὶ διηποροῦντο 1 they were all amazed and were perplexed The words **amazed** and **perplexed** mean similar things. Luke is using them together to emphasize that the people could not understand what was happening. Alternate translation: “they were very perplexed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +ACT 2 12 a098 figs-activepassive ἐξίσταντο…πάντες καὶ διηποροῦντο…λέγοντες 1 they were all amazed and were perplexed, saying These are not passive verbal forms. However, if your language does not use passive forms, it might be clearer for your readers to use an expression that does not seem to be a passive verbal form. Alternate translation: “this amazed and perplexed all of them, and they said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 2 12 a099 figs-idiom τί θέλει τοῦτο εἶναι 1 What does this want to be This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “What is the explanation for this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 2 13 a100 figs-activepassive γλεύκους μεμεστωμένοι εἰσίν 1 They are filled with sweet wine If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. However, it would be preferable to use an equivalent expression that conveys the meaning rather than to say something like “sweet wine has filled them.” Alternate translation: “They have drunk their fill of sweet wine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 2 13 fg59 figs-explicit γλεύκους μεμεστωμένοι εἰσίν 1 They are filled with sweet wine The implications of this statement are that the disciples have gotten drunk and are babbling and that this is the explanation for the languages the people think they are hearing. Alternate translation: “They have gotten drunk on sweet wine, and so what we are hearing is just drunken babbling” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 2 13 jj1n translate-unknown γλεύκους 1 sweet wine This refers to wine that is thicker and more intoxicating than ordinary wine. If your readers would not be familiar with this drink, you could use the name of another strong drink that they would recognize, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “strong liquor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +ACT 2 14 k5hr translate-symaction σταθεὶς δὲ ὁ Πέτρος σὺν τοῖς ἕνδεκα, ἐπῆρεν τὴν φωνὴν αὐτοῦ 1 But Peter, having stood with the Eleven, raised up his voice Peter **stood** to show that he had something important to say, and the other apostles **stood** with him to show their support for him as he spoke. You could indicate that in your translation, perhaps as a separate sentence, if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “But Peter stood up to show that he had something important to say, and the other apostles stood with him to show their support for him as he spoke. Peter raised up his voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) +ACT 2 14 c919 figs-nominaladj τοῖς ἕνδεκα 1 the Eleven Luke is using the adjective **Eleven** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “the other 11 apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +ACT 2 14 a101 translate-names τοῖς ἕνδεκα 1 the Eleven As an alternative to the suggestion in the previous note, even if your language does not ordinarily use adjectives as nouns, you may be able to do that in this case, since this is a title by which the apostles were known. All the apostles together were known as “the Twelve,” but since the total here does not include Peter, Luke says **the Eleven**. Even though this is a number, if you translate it as a title, as ULT does, follow the conventions for titles in your language. For example, in titles your language may conventionally capitalize main words and write out numbers rather than use digits. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 2 14 d9tb figs-idiom ἐπῆρεν τὴν φωνὴν αὐτοῦ καὶ ἀπεφθέγξατο αὐτοῖς 1 raised up his voice and spoke out to them The idiom **raised up his voice** means that Peter spoke loudly. Alternate translation: “spoke out to them in a loud voice” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 2 14 a102 figs-idiom ἄνδρες, Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Men, Jews This is an idiomatic form of address. Alternate translation: “My fellow Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 2 14 a103 figs-gendernotations ἄνδρες, Ἰουδαῖοι 1 Men, Jews Peter is using the term **men** in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If you retain the idiomatic form of address in your translation, follow the convention in your language that indicates a mixed group of people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +ACT 2 14 a104 figs-explicit οἱ κατοικοῦντες Ἰερουσαλὴμ πάντες 1 all who are inhabiting Jerusalem This seems to mean implicitly people who are not Jews but who live in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “all of you non-Jews who are residents of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 2 14 ei5j τοῦτο ὑμῖν γνωστὸν ἔστω 1 let this be known to you This expression means that Peter wants to explain the meaning of what the people are seeing and hearing. Alternate translation: “let me explain this to you” or “I am going to explain this to you” +ACT 2 14 a105 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 and Peter uses the word translated **and** to indicate what his listeners should do as a result of what he has just told them. Alternate translation: “so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ACT 2 14 qp16 figs-metonymy ἐνωτίσασθε τὰ ῥήματά μου 1 take my words into your ears Peter is using the term **words** figuratively to mean what he is about to say by using words, and he is using the term **ears** figuratively to mean the capacity for listening. Alternate translation: “listen carefully to what I am about to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 2 15 a106 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For Peter says **for** in this first instance to introduce the reason why the crowd should listen to him. Alternate translation: “You should listen to me because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ACT 2 15 a107 figs-nominaladj οὗτοι 1 these Peter is using the demonstrative adjective **these** as a noun to refer to specific people, the disciples who are speaking different languages. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could add more information to clarify the meaning. Alternate translation: “these people who are speaking different languages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +ACT 2 15 a108 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 2 For Peter says **for** in this second instance to introduce the reason why the people speaking different languages are not drunk. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “They are not drunk, because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ACT 2 15 a109 ἔστιν…ὥρα τρίτη τῆς ἡμέρας 1 it is the third hour of the day In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this in the way the people of your culture reckon time. Alternate translation: “it is nine o’clock in the morning” +ACT 2 15 h28q figs-explicit ἔστιν…ὥρα τρίτη τῆς ἡμέρας 1 it is the third hour of the day Peter assumes that his listeners will know that people do not get drunk that early in the day. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “it is only nine o’clock in the morning, and people do not get drunk that early” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 2 15 a110 translate-ordinal ὥρα τρίτη τῆς ἡμέρας 1 the third hour of the day If you decide to translate this in the way that the biblical culture reckoned time but your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “hour three of the day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) +ACT 2 16 f9hz figs-activepassive τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ εἰρημένον διὰ τοῦ προφήτου Ἰωήλ 1 this is what was spoken through the prophet Joel If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “this is what God said through the prophet Joel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 2 16 ktw9 figs-explicit τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ εἰρημένον διὰ τοῦ προφήτου Ἰωήλ 1 this is what was spoken through the prophet Joel The implication is that God is now making happen what he said through Joel. Alternate translation: “you are seeing God make happen what he announced earlier through the prophet Joel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 2 17 a111 figs-quotesinquotes καὶ ἔσται ἐν ταῖς ἐσχάταις ἡμέραις, λέγει ὁ Θεός, ἐκχεῶ ἀπὸ τοῦ Πνεύματός μου ἐπὶ πᾶσαν σάρκα 1 ‘“And it will be in the last days,” God says, “I will pour out from my Spirit on all flesh” The material in [2:17–21](../02/17.md) contains a quotation within a quotation within a quotation. Luke is quoting Peter, Peter is quoting Joel, and Joel is quoting God. You could avoid having a third-level quotation by moving the phrase **God says** to before the quotation from Joel. (The phrase itself does not occur in the passage from Joel that Peter quotes. It appears to be something that Peter supplies within the quotation to show that God is the speaker. Since that is the case, putting it before the quotation would not change the actual biblical text.) Alternate translation: “God said, ‘And it will be in the last days, I will pour out from my Spirit on all flesh’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) +ACT 2 17 a112 figs-quotations καὶ ἔσται ἐν ταῖς ἐσχάταις ἡμέραις, λέγει ὁ Θεός, ἐκχεῶ ἀπὸ τοῦ Πνεύματός μου ἐπὶ πᾶσαν σάρκα 1 ‘“And it will be in the last days,” God says, “I will pour out from my Spirit on all flesh” You could also avoid having a second-level quotation by turning the direct quotation into an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “God said that in the last days he would pour out his Spirit on all flesh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) +ACT 2 17 ijl8 καὶ ἔσται 1 And it will be Alternate translation: “This is what will happen” or “This is what I will do” +ACT 2 17 a113 ταῖς ἐσχάταις ἡμέραις 1 the last days See the discussion of this phrase in the General Notes to this chapter, which recommend not interpreting or explaining it, but representing it simply as ULT does. +ACT 2 17 u2d1 figs-metaphor ἐκχεῶ ἀπὸ τοῦ Πνεύματός μου 1 I will pour out from my Spirit God says figuratively that he will **pour out** his Spirit, as if the Spirit were a liquid, to mean that he will give the Spirit generously and abundantly. Alternate translation: “I will give my Spirit abundantly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 2 17 a114 figs-metonymy ἐπὶ πᾶσαν σάρκα 1 on all flesh God refers figuratively to **flesh** to mean people, by association with the way that people are made of flesh. Alternate translation: “to all people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 2 17 a115 figs-quotations καὶ προφητεύσουσιν οἱ υἱοὶ ὑμῶν, καὶ αἱ θυγατέρες ὑμῶν; καὶ οἱ νεανίσκοι ὑμῶν ὁράσεις ὄψονται, καὶ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι ὑμῶν ἐνυπνίοις ἐνυπνιασθήσονται 1 and your sons and your daughters will prophesy, and your young men will see visions, and your old men will dream dreams If you have decided to turn Peter’s quotation from Joel into an indirect quotation in order to avoid having a second-level quotation, also do that here in the rest of the verse. It may be helpful to make this a new sentence. Alternate translation: “God said that our sons and our daughters would prophesy and our young men would see visions and our old men would dream dreams” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) +ACT 2 17 a116 figs-exclusive ὑμῶν -1 your If you turn the direct quotation into an indirect quotation and translate these instances of **your** as “our,” use the inclusive form of the word “our” in each instance if your language marks that distinction, since Joel would be referring to himself and his listeners. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ACT 2 17 a117 figs-gendernotations οἱ νεανίσκοι… οἱ πρεσβύτεροι 1 young men…old men God speaks separately of **sons** and **daughters** in this verse and of “male servants” and “female servants” in the next verse. But here the contrast is between **young** and **old**. So the word **men** could have a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “young people…old people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +ACT 2 18 uwd7 figs-quotations καί γε ἐπὶ τοὺς δούλους μου, καὶ ἐπὶ τὰς δούλας μου, ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις ἐκχεῶ ἀπὸ τοῦ Πνεύματός μου, καὶ προφητεύσουσιν 1 And even on my male servants and on my female servants in those days I will pour out from my Spirit, and they will prophesy You may have decided to turn Peter’s quotation from Joel into an indirect quotation in order to avoid having a second-level quotation. Alternate translation: “God said that even on his male servants and on his female servants in those days he would pour out from his Spirit, and they would prophesy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) +ACT 2 18 nd34 ἐπὶ τοὺς δούλους μου, καὶ ἐπὶ τὰς δούλας μου 1 on my male servants and on my female servants If your language has masculine and feminine forms of the word “servant,” it would be accurate to use those forms here. Other languages can indicate this distinction in other ways, as ULT does with the adjectives “male” and “female.” +ACT 2 18 a118 figs-idiom ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις 1 in those days Here, **days** idiomatically means a specific time. Alternate translation: “at that time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 2 18 wz2i figs-metaphor ἐπὶ… ἐπὶ…ἐκχεῶ ἀπὸ τοῦ Πνεύματός μου 1 on…on…I will pour out from my Spirit See how you translated this in [2:17](../02/17.md). Alternate translation: “to…to…I will give my Spirit abundantly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 2 19 a119 figs-quotations καὶ δώσω 1 And I will give You may have decided to turn Peter’s quotation from Joel into an indirect quotation in order to avoid having a second-level quotation. Alternate translation: “God said that he would give” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) +ACT 2 19 a120 δώσω τέρατα…καὶ σημεῖα 1 I will give wonders…and signs Alternate translation: “I will show wonders … and signs” +ACT 2 19 a121 ἐν τῷ οὐρανῷ ἄνω 1 in the heaven above Since God specifies in the next verse that these **wonders** will affect the sun and the moon, the word translated **heaven** likely has the specific sense of “sky.” Alternate translation: “in the sky above” +ACT 2 19 p5zi figs-possession ἀτμίδα καπνοῦ 1 vapor of smoke Here, the possessive form describes **vapor** that looks smoky or that has **smoke** in it. Alternate translation: “smoky vapor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ACT 2 20 ylv7 figs-quotations ὁ ἥλιος μεταστραφήσεται εἰς σκότος καὶ ἡ σελήνη εἰς αἷμα, πρὶν ἢ ἐλθεῖν ἡμέραν Κυρίου τὴν μεγάλην καὶ ἐπιφανῆ 1 The sun will be turned to darkness, and the moon to blood before the great and remarkable day of the Lord comes You may have decided to turn Peter’s quotation from Joel into an indirect quotation in order to avoid having a second-level quotation. Alternate translation: “God said that sun would be turned to darkness, and the moon to blood before the great and remarkable day of the Lord came” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) +ACT 2 20 a6yh figs-activepassive ὁ ἥλιος μεταστραφήσεται εἰς σκότος 1 The sun will be turned to darkness If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “I will turn the sun to darkness” or, if you are making this an indirect quotation, “God said that he would turn the sun to darkness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 2 20 a122 figs-metaphor ὁ ἥλιος μεταστραφήσεται εἰς σκότος 1 The sun will be turned to darkness God is speaking figuratively as if he would change the **sun** into something else. Alternate translation: “The sun will become dark” or “The sun will no longer shine brightly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 2 20 a123 figs-abstractnouns ὁ ἥλιος μεταστραφήσεται εἰς σκότος 1 The sun will be turned to darkness If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **darkness** with an adjective such as “dark.” Alternate translation: “The sun will become dark” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ACT 2 20 a124 figs-ellipsis καὶ ἡ σελήνη εἰς αἷμα 1 and the moon to blood Here some words have been left out that a sentence would need in many languages to be complete. You can supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “and the moon will be turned to blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ACT 2 20 a125 figs-activepassive καὶ ἡ σελήνη εἰς αἷμα 1 and the moon to blood If you decide to supply words as the previous note suggests, but your language does not use passive verbal forms, you can use an active form. Alternate translation: “and I will turn the moon to blood” or, if you are making this an indirect quotation, “and that he would turn the moon to blood” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 2 20 f34k figs-metaphor καὶ ἡ σελήνη εἰς αἷμα 1 and the moon to blood God is speaking figuratively as if he would change the **moon** into something else. Alternate translation: “and the moon will look like blood” or “and the moon will appear to be red” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 2 20 swb2 figs-doublet ἡμέραν…τὴν μεγάλην καὶ ἐπιφανῆ 1 the great and remarkable day The words **great** and **remarkable** mean similar things. They are being used together for emphasis. Alternate translation: “the very great day” or “the truly remarkable day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +ACT 2 20 lc4g figs-idiom ἐλθεῖν ἡμέραν Κυρίου 1 the day of the Lord comes This is an expression that many of the prophets use. It refers to the time when God will judge and punish people for their sins. Alternate translation: “the time when the Lord judges and punishes people for their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 2 20 a126 figs-123person ἐλθεῖν ἡμέραν Κυρίου 1 the day of the Lord comes In this expression, God is speaking of himself in the third person. If that would be confusing to your readers, you can use the first person in your translation. Alternate translation: “the time when I judge and punish people for their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +ACT 2 21 a127 figs-quotations καὶ ἔσται, πᾶς ὃς ἂν ἐπικαλέσηται τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου σωθήσεται 1 And it will be, everyone who may call on the name of the Lord will be saved You may have decided to turn Peter’s quotation from Joel into an indirect quotation in order to avoid having a second-level quotation. Alternate translation: “And God said it would happen that everyone who called on the name of the Lord would be saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) +ACT 2 21 a128 καὶ ἔσται 1 And it will be Alternate translation: “And this is what will happen” +ACT 2 21 vql5 figs-activepassive πᾶς ὃς ἂν ἐπικαλέσηται τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου σωθήσεται 1 everyone who may call on the name of the Lord will be saved If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the Lord will save everyone who calls on his name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 2 21 a129 figs-idiom πᾶς ὃς ἂν ἐπικαλέσηται 1 everyone who may call on Here, **call on** is an idiom. Alternate translation: “everyone who may appeal to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 2 21 a130 figs-123person τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου 1 the name of the Lord God is speaking of himself in the third person. If that would be confusing to your readers, you can use the first person in your translation. Alternate translation: “my name” or “me by name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +ACT 2 21 a131 figs-metonymy τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου 1 the name of the Lord Here, **name** figuratively represents a person, by association with the way that each person has a name. Alternate translation: “the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 2 21 a132 figs-explicit τὸ ὄνομα Κυρίου 1 the name of the Lord The implication is that people would appeal to God to show them mercy and save them. Alternate translation: “the Lord for mercy and salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 2 21 a133 figs-quotemarks σωθήσεται 1 will be saved This is the end of Joel’s quotation of the Lord. If you chose to mark the Lord’s words as a third-level quotation, indicate that ending here with a closing third-level quotation mark or with whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses to indicate the end of a quotation within a quotation within a quotation. It is also the end of Peter’s quotation of Joel. If you chose to mark Joel’s words as a second-level quotation, similarly indicate the ending of that quotation within a quotation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +ACT 2 22 sa78 figs-idiom ἄνδρες, Ἰσραηλεῖται 1 Men, Israelites This is an idiomatic form of address. Alternate translation: “My fellow Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 2 22 g6vj figs-metonymy ἀκούσατε τοὺς λόγους τούτους 1 hear these words Peter is using the term **words** figuratively to mean what he is about to say. Alternate translation: “listen to what I am about to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 2 22 a134 translate-names Ἰησοῦν τὸν Ναζωραῖον 1 Jesus the Nazarene The word **Nazarene** describes someone who comes from the city of Nazareth. Alternate translation: “Jesus of Nazareth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 2 22 f2t1 figs-activepassive ἀποδεδειγμένον ἀπὸ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 attested to you by God If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “whom God proved he had sent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 2 22 a135 figs-doublet δυνάμεσι, καὶ τέρασι, καὶ σημείοις 1 with mighty deeds and wonders and signs The terms **mighty deeds**, **wonders**, and **signs** mean similar things. Peter is using them together for emphasis. Alternate translation: “by means of many great miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +ACT 2 23 a136 figs-nominaladj τοῦτον 1 This one Peter is using the demonstrative adjective **this** as a noun to refer to a specific person, Jesus. (ULT shows that by adding **one**.) Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could specify whom Peter means. Alternate translation: “This Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +ACT 2 23 i6un figs-activepassive τῇ, ὡρισμένῃ βουλῇ καὶ προγνώσει τοῦ Θεοῦ, ἔκδοτον 1 given up by the determined counsel and foreknowledge of God The term translated **given up** is an adjective, not a passive verbal form, but even so you may wish to translate it with an active verbal form. Alternate translation: “whom God gave up by his determined counsel and foreknowledge” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 2 23 s38b figs-abstractnouns τῇ, ὡρισμένῃ βουλῇ καὶ προγνώσει τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 by the determined counsel and foreknowledge of God If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **counsel** and **foreknowledge** with verbs. Alternate translation: “as God had planned in a determined way for things he knew about ahead of time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ACT 2 23 a137 figs-activepassive τῇ, ὡρισμένῃ βουλῇ καὶ προγνώσει τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 by the determined counsel and foreknowledge of God The word **determined** is a passive verbal form that you could express with an active form. Alternate translation: “in a way that God had determined as he planned for things he knew about ahead of time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 2 23 f5kn figs-synecdoche ἀνείλατε 1 you killed It was the Romans who literally killed Jesus, but Peter says figuratively that the Jewish people in the crowd killed him because their demands led to his death. Alternate translation: “you demanded to be killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ACT 2 23 e38a figs-metonymy διὰ χειρὸς ἀνόμων 1 by the hand of the lawless Here, **hand** refers figuratively to actions. Alternate translation: “through the actions of the lawless” or “by what the lawless did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 2 23 a138 figs-nominaladj ἀνόμων 1 the lawless Peter is using the adjective **lawless** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can supply the word “people” to show this. Alternate translation: “lawless people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +ACT 2 23 f6kd figs-metonymy ἀνόμων 1 the lawless By **lawless**, Peter does not mean people who disregard the law and break the law. He is figuratively describing Gentiles (that is, people who are not Jews), by association with the fact that they do not have the Jewish law. Alternate translation: “Gentiles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 2 23 a197 προσπήξαντες 1 having fastened This is a reference to the crucifixion of Jesus. Alternate translation: “having nailed him to a cross” or “by crucifying him” +ACT 2 24 a140 ὃν ὁ Θεὸς ἀνέστησεν 1 whom God raised up It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “But God raised him up” +ACT 2 24 ei37 figs-idiom ὃν ὁ Θεὸς ἀνέστησεν 1 whom God raised up The idiom **raised up** means that God made Jesus alive again after he died. Alternate translation: “whom God brought back to life” or, as a new sentence, “But God brought him back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 2 24 s8j3 figs-metaphor λύσας τὰς ὠδῖνας τοῦ θανάτου 1 having loosed the agonies of death Peter speaks figuratively of the **agonies of death** as if they were ropes with which Jesus had been tied, and of God bringing Jesus back to life as if God had untied those ropes and set him free. Alternate translation: “delivering him from the agonies of death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 2 24 a141 figs-possession τὰς ὠδῖνας τοῦ θανάτου 1 the agonies of death Peter uses the possessive form to describe **death** as something that is characterized by **agonies.** Alternate translation: “agonizing death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ACT 2 24 a142 figs-explicit καθότι οὐκ ἦν δυνατὸν κρατεῖσθαι αὐτὸν ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 because it was not possible for him to be held by it If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly why this was **not possible**. Alternate translation: “because God is so much stronger than death that it was not possible for him to be held by it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 2 24 ykq4 figs-activepassive κρατεῖσθαι αὐτὸν ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 for him to be held by it If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “for death to hold him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 2 24 vuf4 figs-personification κρατεῖσθαι αὐτὸν ὑπ’ αὐτοῦ 1 for him to be held by it Peter speaks of death figuratively as if it were a living thing that held Jesus captive. Alternate translation: “for him to remain dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ACT 2 25 dd5a figs-quotations Δαυεὶδ γὰρ λέγει εἰς αὐτόν, προορώμην τὸν Κύριον ἐνώπιόν μου διὰ παντός, ὅτι ἐκ δεξιῶν μού ἐστιν, ἵνα μὴ σαλευθῶ 1 For David says about him, ‘I saw the Lord always before me, for he is at my right so that I should not be moved In order to avoid having a second-level quotation, you could turn Peter’s quotation from David into an indirect quotation. (Peter is quoting from [Psalm 16:8–11](../psa/16/08.md).) Alternate translation: “For David said about him that he saw the Lord always before him, for he was at his right so that he should not be moved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) +ACT 2 25 a143 writing-pronouns Δαυεὶδ γὰρ λέγει εἰς αὐτόν, προορώμην τὸν Κύριον ἐνώπιόν μου διὰ παντός, ὅτι ἐκ δεξιῶν μού ἐστιν, ἵνα μὴ σαλευθῶ 1 For David says about him, ‘I saw the Lord always before me, for he is at my right so that I should not be moved The pronoun **him** refers to the Messiah, about whom David is prophesying. This means that within the quotation, the pronouns **I** and **my** are spoken by the Messiah. If you turn the direct quotation into an indirect quotation and change these pronouns to “he,” “him,” and “his,” it may be helpful to indicate the references in some cases so that your readers will recognize this. Alternate translation: “For David said about the Messiah that he saw the Lord always before him, for the Lord was at the Messiah’s right so that he should not be moved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ACT 2 25 a144 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For Peter uses the word **For** to introduce a reason why the crowd should believe him when he says that God brought Jesus back to life. The reason is that the Scriptures predicted this. As a result, the crowd should be confident that it did happen. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “You can be confident that God did bring Jesus back to life, because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ACT 2 25 a145 figs-explicit Δαυεὶδ…λέγει εἰς αὐτόν 1 David says about him Peter assumes that the crowd will know that he is referring to what **David says** in one of the psalms that he wrote and that David is prophesying what the Messiah would say. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “David says in one of his psalms that the Messiah will say” or “David wrote in one of his psalms that the Messiah would say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 2 25 n2ls figs-metaphor ἐνώπιόν μου 1 before me The phrase **before me**, which means “in front of me,” is a spatial metaphor. Alternate translation: “present with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 2 25 a146 figs-nominaladj ἐκ δεξιῶν μού 1 at my right Here the adjective **right** is being used as a noun to indicate the right side. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could say that specifically. Alternate translation: “at my right side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +ACT 2 25 l6xp figs-metaphor ἐκ δεξιῶν μού 1 at my right In this context, to be at someone’s right side figuratively means to be in a position to help and sustain that person. Alternate translation: “there to help me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 2 25 a147 figs-metaphor μὴ σαλευθῶ 1 I should not be moved Here, **moved** means to be taken out of a safe and secure position, and so figuratively it means to be harmed. Alternate translation: “I will not be harmed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 2 25 s4yp figs-activepassive μὴ σαλευθῶ 1 I should not be moved If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “no one will harm me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 2 26 a148 figs-quotations διὰ τοῦτο ηὐφράνθη ἡ καρδία μου, καὶ ἠγαλλιάσατο ἡ γλῶσσά μου; ἔτι δὲ καὶ ἡ σάρξ μου κατασκηνώσει ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι 1 Because of this, my heart was glad and my tongue exulted. And my flesh also will still dwell in hope You may have decided to turn Peter’s quotation from David into an indirect quotation in order to avoid having a second-level quotation. Alternate translation: “Because of this, his heart was glad and his tongue exulted, and his flesh also would still dwell in hope” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) +ACT 2 26 z8vw figs-metaphor ηὐφράνθη ἡ καρδία μου 1 my heart was glad Here, the **heart** figuratively represents the emotions. Alternate translation: “I felt glad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 2 26 a149 figs-metonymy ἠγαλλιάσατο ἡ γλῶσσά μου 1 my tongue exulted Here, the **tongue** figuratively represents the capacity for speech. Alternate translation: “I said joyful things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 2 26 zz6k figs-metonymy καὶ ἡ σάρξ μου κατασκηνώσει ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι 1 my flesh will also dwell in hope Here, **flesh** figuratively means the human body, by association with the way that is made of flesh. Alternate translation: “my body will also dwell in hope” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 2 26 a150 figs-abstractnouns καὶ ἡ σάρξ μου κατασκηνώσει ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι 1 my flesh will also dwell in hope If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **hope** with an adverb such as “hopefully.” Alternate translation: “my body will also live hopefully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ACT 2 26 a151 figs-personification καὶ ἡ σάρξ μου κατασκηνώσει ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι 1 my flesh will also dwell in hope The Messiah is speaking figuratively as if his body itself would live hopefully. Alternate translation: “I will also have hope for my body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ACT 2 26 a152 figs-explicit καὶ ἡ σάρξ μου κατασκηνώσει ἐπ’ ἐλπίδι 1 my flesh will also dwell in hope If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what **hope** the Messiah had for his body. Alternate translation: “I will also have hope that God will bring my body back to life after I die” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 2 27 m3ij figs-quotations ὅτι οὐκ ἐνκαταλείψεις τὴν ψυχήν μου εἰς ᾍδην, οὐδὲ δώσεις τὸν Ὅσιόν σου ἰδεῖν διαφθοράν 1 For you will not abandon my soul to Hades, nor will you allow your Holy One to see decay You may have decided to turn Peter’s quotation from David into an indirect quotation in order to avoid having a second-level quotation. If so, it may be necessary to add some introductory material here. Alternate translation: “The Messiah knew that God would not abandon his soul to Hades and that God would not allow his Holy One to see decay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) +ACT 2 27 a153 figs-parallelism οὐκ ἐνκαταλείψεις τὴν ψυχήν μου εἰς ᾍδην, οὐδὲ δώσεις τὸν Ὅσιόν σου ἰδεῖν διαφθοράν 1 you will not abandon my soul to Hades, nor will you allow your Holy One to see decay These two statements mean similar things. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it may be helpful to show that to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if the repetition might be confusing, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **nor** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “you will not abandon my soul to Hades, no, you will not allow your Holy One to see decay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +ACT 2 27 whi3 figs-youformal οὐκ ἐνκαταλείψεις…οὐδὲ δώσεις…σου 1 you will not abandon…nor will you allow your The words **you** and **your** are singular, and they refer to God. See what you decided to do in your translation in [1:24](../01/24.md) in a similar case where God is addressed as “you.” You may have decided in such cases to use a formal form of “you” that your language may have, or you may have decided to use an informal form of “you.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youformal]]) +ACT 2 27 a154 figs-synecdoche οὐκ ἐνκαταλείψεις τὴν ψυχήν μου εἰς ᾍδην 1 you will not abandon my soul to Hades The Messiah says **my soul** figuratively to mean himself, using one part of himself to represent all of him. Alternate translation: “you will not abandon me to Hades” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ACT 2 27 a155 translate-names οὐκ ἐνκαταλείψεις τὴν ψυχήν μου εἰς ᾍδην 1 you will not abandon my soul to Hades **Hades** is the name for the realm of the dead. If your readers would not be familiar with that name, you could express its meaning in your translation. Alternate translation: “you will not abandon me to the realm of the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 2 27 a156 figs-explicit τὸν Ὅσιόν σου 1 your Holy One The expression **Holy One** is a title for the Messiah. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “your Messiah” or “your holy Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 2 27 rld3 figs-123person τὸν Ὅσιόν σου 1 your Holy One The Messiah is referring to himself in the third person. If that would be confusing to your readers, you can use the first person in your translation. Alternate translation: “me, your Holy One” or “me, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +ACT 2 27 a157 figs-idiom ἰδεῖν διαφθοράν 1 to see decay Here the word **see** is being used idiomatically to mean “experience.” Alternate translation: “to experience decay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 2 27 l5cd figs-explicit ἰδεῖν διαφθοράν 1 to see decay The term **decay** refers in this context to the decomposition of the body after death. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to experience the decomposition of his body” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 2 28 a158 figs-quotations ἐγνώρισάς μοι ὁδοὺς ζωῆς; πληρώσεις με εὐφροσύνης μετὰ τοῦ προσώπου σου 1 You made known to me the paths of life; you will fill me with gladness with your face You may have decided to turn Peter’s quotation from David into an indirect quotation in order to avoid having a second-level quotation. If so, it may be helpful to add some introductory material here. Alternate translation: “The Messiah said that God had made known to him the paths of life and that God would fill him with gladness with his face” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotations]]) +ACT 2 28 a159 figs-youformal ἐγνώρισάς…πληρώσεις…σου 1 You made known…you will fill…your The words **you** and **your** are singular and they refer to God. See what you decided to do in the similar case in [1:24](../01/24.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youformal]]) +ACT 2 28 whi3 figs-metaphor ἐγνώρισάς μοι ὁδοὺς ζωῆς 1 You made known to me the paths of life The Messiah speaks figuratively of **life** as if it consisted of **paths** that a person walked along. Those represent the various pursuits and adventures that people have in life. The word **known** refers to experiential knowledge. Alternate translation: “You enabled me to experience the adventures of life once again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 2 28 ej5m figs-metaphor πληρώσεις με εὐφροσύνης 1 you will fill me with gladness The Messiah speaks figuratively as if he were a container that God could **fill** with **gladness**. Alternate translation: “you will give me great gladness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 2 28 y7gf figs-metaphor μετὰ τοῦ προσώπου σου 1 with your face Here, the word **face** figuratively represents the presence of a person. Alternate translation: “by your presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 2 28 a161 figs-quotemarks μετὰ τοῦ προσώπου σου 1 with your face This is the end of Peter’s quotation from David. If you chose to mark David’s words as a second-level quotation, in your translation you can indicate this ending with a closing second-level quotation mark or whatever other punctuation or convention your language uses. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +ACT 2 29 pv1x figs-idiom ἄνδρες, ἀδελφοί 1 Men, brothers This is an idiomatic form of address. Alternate translation: “My brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 2 29 ps7c figs-metaphor ἄνδρες, ἀδελφοί 1 Men, brothers See how you translated the term **brothers** in [1:15](../01/15.md). Alternate translation: “My fellow believers” or “My brothers and sisters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 2 29 wh97 figs-metaphor τοῦ πατριάρχου Δαυεὶδ 1 the patriarch David A **patriarch** is literally the ancestor of a group of people. David was not the ancestor of all the Jews to whom Peter is speaking. So he is likely using the term figuratively to identify David as the king who established the Israelite kingdom as a lasting dynasty. Alternate translation: “David, the founder of our kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 2 29 vtc6 figs-activepassive ἐτάφη 1 he was buried If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “people buried him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 2 29 a162 figs-idiom ἄχρι τῆς ἡμέρας ταύτης 1 to this day Peter is using the word **day** idiomatically to mean a specific time. Alternate translation: “at this time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 2 30 a163 grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 Therefore Peter uses the word **Therefore** to introduce the logical result of what he has just said. Alternate translation: “We can therefore conclude that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ACT 2 30 a164 figs-explicit προφήτης…ὑπάρχων, καὶ εἰδὼς 1 being a prophet and having known Peter is still speaking about David. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “because David was a prophet and he knew” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 2 30 x11q figs-metonymy ἐκ καρποῦ τῆς ὀσφύος αὐτοῦ, καθίσαι ἐπὶ τὸν θρόνον αὐτοῦ 1 to set from the fruit of his loins upon his throne Peter is using the word **loins** figuratively to represent David himself, by association with the way the reproductive organs are in the loins. He is using the word **fruit** in a broad sense to mean what someone or something produces, in this case a descendant. Alternate translation: “to set one of his descendants upon his throne” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 2 30 hq71 figs-synecdoche ἐκ καρποῦ τῆς ὀσφύος αὐτοῦ, καθίσαι ἐπὶ τὸν θρόνον αὐτοῦ 1 to set from the fruit of his loins upon his throne When Peter says that God promised to **set** one of David’s descendants **upon his throne**, he is using that one action figuratively to represent God’s promise to David that this descendant would succeed him as king. Alternate translation: “to make one of his descendants succeed him as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ACT 2 31 a165 writing-pronouns ἐλάλησεν… ἐνκατελείφθη…αὐτοῦ 1 he spoke…was he abandoned…his The first instance of **he** refers to David, and the second instance of **he** and the pronoun **his** refer to Christ. Alternate translation: “David spoke…was Christ abandoned…Christ’s” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ACT 2 31 a166 figs-abstractnouns ἐλάλησεν περὶ τῆς ἀναστάσεως τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 he spoke about the resurrection of the Christ If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **resurrection** with an adjective such as “alive.” Alternate translation: “he described how God would make Christ alive again after he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ACT 2 31 tn4b figs-activepassive οὔτε ἐνκατελείφθη εἰς ᾍδην 1 neither was he abandoned to Hades If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “neither did God abandon him to Hades” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 2 31 a167 figs-explicit τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 the Christ **Christ** is the Greek word for “Messiah.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use the term “Messiah” in your translation, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 2 31 a168 translate-names ᾍδην 1 Hades See how you translated the term **Hades** in [2:27](../02/27.md). Alternate translation: “the realm of the dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 2 31 a169 figs-idiom οὔτε ἡ σὰρξ αὐτοῦ εἶδεν διαφθοράν 1 nor did his flesh see decay Here the word **see** is being used idiomatically to mean “experience.” Alternate translation: “nor did his flesh experience decay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 2 31 a170 figs-metonymy οὔτε ἡ σὰρξ αὐτοῦ εἶδεν διαφθοράν 1 nor did his flesh see decay Peter is using the word **flesh** figuratively to mean the body of Jesus, by association with the way the body is made of flesh. Alternate translation: “nor did his body experience decay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 2 31 up5x figs-explicit οὔτε ἡ σὰρξ αὐτοῦ εἶδεν διαφθοράν 1 nor did his flesh see decay The term **decay** refers in this context to the decomposition of the body after death. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “nor did his body experience decomposition” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 2 32 udn1 figs-idiom ἀνέστησεν ὁ Θεός 1 God has raised up As in [2:24](../02/24.md), the idiom **raised up** means that God made Jesus alive again after he died. Alternate translation: “God has brought back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 2 32 kw6a figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς 1 we By **we**, Peter means himself and the other apostles, so use the exclusive form of that word if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ACT 2 33 a171 grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 Therefore Peter is using the word **Therefore** to introduce a result. But it is not the immediate result of what he has just said. He is not saying that Jesus has done what the people see and hear because God raised him from the dead. Instead, this is an overall conclusion. Peter is saying that Jesus sending the Holy Spirit is the reason why the disciples are able to speak in other languages. The crowd should not conclude that they are babbling drunkenly, as some of them have suggested. UST models a way of expressing this sense of the word **Therefore**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ACT 2 33 kij2 figs-activepassive τῇ δεξιᾷ οὖν τοῦ Θεοῦ ὑψωθεὶς 1 having been exalted to the right of God If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “now that God has exalted Jesus to his right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 2 33 c9mr figs-nominaladj τῇ δεξιᾷ…τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 to the right of God Peter is using the adjective **right** as a noun in order to indicate the right side. See how you translated the similar expression in [2:25](../02/25.md). Alternate translation: “to the right side of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +ACT 2 33 a172 figs-explicit τῇ δεξιᾷ…τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 to the right of God In this culture, the place at the right side of a ruler was a position of honor. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to a place of honor next to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 2 33 a173 figs-possession τήν τε ἐπαγγελίαν τοῦ Πνεύματος τοῦ Ἁγίου 1 the promise of the Holy Spirit from the Father Peter is using the possessive form to describe the Holy Spirit as someone whom God the Father promised to send. Alternate translation: “the promised Holy Spirit from the Father” or “the Holy Spirit whom the Father promised to send” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ACT 2 33 a174 guidelines-sonofgodprinciples τοῦ Πατρὸς 1 the Father **Father** is an important title for God. Alternate translation: “God the Father” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/guidelines-sonofgodprinciples]]) +ACT 2 33 c1dr writing-pronouns ἐξέχεεν 1 he has poured out The pronoun **he** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus has poured out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ACT 2 33 wsg9 figs-metaphor ἐξέχεεν 1 he has poured out Peter says figuratively that Jesus has **poured out** the things that the people are seeing and hearing as if those things were a liquid. Peter means that Jesus has given these things generously and abundantly. See how you translated the similar statement in [2:17](../02/17.md), to which Peter is likely alluding here. Alternate translation: “he has generously given” or “he has abundantly given” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 2 34 m7fy figs-quotesinquotes λέγει…αὐτός, εἶπεν Κύριος τῷ Κυρίῳ μου, κάθου ἐκ δεξιῶν μου 1 he himself says, ‘The Lord said to my Lord, “Sit at my right The material in [2:34–35](../02/34.md) contains a quotation within a quotation within a quotation. Luke is quoting Peter, Peter is quoting another psalm by David ([Psalm 110:1](../psa/110/01.md)), and David is quoting God. You could avoid having second-level and third-level quotations by translating this as an indirect quotation. Alternate translation: “he himself says that the Lord told his Lord to sit at his right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) +ACT 2 34 i8wu figs-explicit εἶπεν Κύριος τῷ Κυρίῳ μου 1 The Lord said to my Lord **The Lord** means God here, and **my Lord** means the Messiah. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “God said to the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 2 34 a175 figs-nominaladj ἐκ δεξιῶν μου 1 at my right Here the adjective **right** is used as a noun in order to indicate the right side. See how you translated the similar expression in [2:25](../02/25.md). Alternate translation: “at my right side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +ACT 2 34 kvn8 figs-explicit ἐκ δεξιῶν μου 1 at my right In this culture, the place at the right side of a ruler was a position of honor. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate that explicitly. Alternate translation: “in a place of honor next to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 2 35 nf1x figs-metaphor ἕως ἂν θῶ τοὺς ἐχθρούς σου ὑποπόδιον τῶν ποδῶν σου 1 until I make your enemies a stool for your feet The psalm says figuratively that God would make the Messiah’s **enemies** a **stool** for his **feet** to mean that God would conquer those enemies and make them submit to the Messiah. Alternate translation: “until I conquer your enemies for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 2 35 a176 figs-quotemarks τῶν ποδῶν σου 1 for your feet This is the end of David’s quotation of the Lord and of Peter’s quotation of David. If you chose to mark these in your translation as a third-level and a second-level quotation, indicate that ending here with the appropriate closing quotation marks or the comparable punctuation or convention in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotemarks]]) +ACT 2 36 a177 grammar-connect-logic-result οὖν 1 Therefore Peter is using the word **Therefore** to introduce the result of what he has just said. Alternate translation: “Since David was not talking about himself, but about the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ACT 2 36 pnp5 figs-metaphor πᾶς οἶκος Ἰσραὴλ 1 all the house of Israel Here, **house** means all the people descended from a particular person. It envisions them as if they were one household living together. So **the house of Israel** figuratively means all the people descended from the patriarch Jacob, who was also known as Israel. Alternate translation: “the entire nation of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 2 37 s85q figs-activepassive ἀκούσαντες…κατενύγησαν τὴν καρδίαν 1 hearing this, they were pierced in the heart If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “what they heard Peter say pierced their heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 2 37 xan1 writing-pronouns κατενύγησαν τὴν καρδίαν 1 they were pierced in the heart Here the word **they** refers to the people in the crowd to whom Peter spoke. Alternate translation: “the people in the crowd were pierced in the heart” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ACT 2 37 w1ma κατενύγησαν τὴν καρδίαν 1 they were pierced in the heart Since Luke is referring to a group of people, it might be more natural in your language to use the plural form of **heart**. Alternate translation: “the people in the crowd were pierced in their hearts” +ACT 2 37 l15x figs-metaphor κατενύγησαν τὴν καρδίαν 1 they were pierced in the heart Luke is speaking figuratively. The people were not literally **pierced in the heart** by anything. He means that the people felt guilty and became very sad. Alternate translation: “they felt guilty and became very sad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 2 37 zls6 figs-idiom ἄνδρες, ἀδελφοί 1 Men, brothers This is an idiomatic form of address. Alternate translation: “Our brothers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 2 37 a178 figs-metaphor ἄνδρες, ἀδελφοί 1 Men, brothers See how you translated the term **brothers** in [1:15](../01/15.md). Alternate translation: “Our fellow believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 2 37 a179 figs-exclusive τί ποιήσωμεν 1 what should we do The people in the crowd are asking about themselves but not the apostles, so use the exclusive form of **we** in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ACT 2 38 a180 figs-you μετανοήσατε…βαπτισθήτω ἕκαστος ὑμῶν…τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ὑμῶν…λήμψεσθε 1 Repent…each of you be baptized…of your sins…you will receive The words **you** and **your** are plural, **you will receive** is a plural verb form, and the implied “you” in the imperative **Repent** is also plural. But the implied “you” in the imperative **be baptized** is singular, since the subject is **each**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +ACT 2 38 cmb7 figs-activepassive βαπτισθήτω 1 be baptized If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “allow us to baptize you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 2 38 geb2 figs-idiom ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 in the name of Jesus Christ Peter has just finished demonstrating that God sent Jesus as the Christ or Messiah [2:36](../02/36.md). He is saying here that people should acknowledge that as the basis of their baptism for the forgiveness of their sins. So **in the name** here is an idiomatic way of saying “on the basis of naming.” Alternate translation: “on the basis of naming Jesus as the Christ” or “upon acknowledging that Jesus is the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 2 38 a181 figs-abstractnouns εἰς ἄφεσιν τῶν ἁμαρτιῶν ὑμῶν 1 for the forgiveness of your sins If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **forgiveness** with a verb such as “forgive.” Alternate translation: “to show that you want God to forgive your sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ACT 2 39 a182 figs-metonymy ἐστιν ἡ ἐπαγγελία 1 the promise is Peter is speaking figuratively of the Holy Spirit by association with the way God promised to send the Holy Spirit, as Peter says specifically in [2:33](../02/33.md). Alternate translation: “God has promised the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 2 39 a183 figs-explicit ὑμῖν…καὶ τοῖς τέκνοις ὑμῶν 1 to you and to your children Peter showed the people in [2:17](../02/17.md) that God’s promise through Joel to pour out his Spirit included their “sons” and “daughters.” So the implication could be that the people in the crowd should not think that any of them have to reach a certain age before professing faith in Jesus and being baptized. Alternate translation: “to all of you, no matter what your age,” or see the next note for a further possibility. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 2 39 a184 figs-metaphor ὑμῖν…καὶ τοῖς τέκνοις ὑμῶν 1 to you and to your children Peter could also be using the word **children** in a figurative sense to mean “descendants.” In that case, he would be saying that faith in Jesus as the Messiah was not something just for the people living at this time, but also for people living at all times in the future. That would parallel what he says next about faith in Jesus not being just for those who are present in this place, but for people living in all places. Alternate translation: “to you and your descendants” or “to you and everyone who will live after you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 2 39 v8vi figs-explicit πᾶσι τοῖς εἰς μακρὰν 1 to all who are at a distance Since Peter is speaking to Jews as a fellow Jew, this is likely an implicit reference to the Jews who were living in other parts of the Roman Empire. However, this statement took on greater meaning when the church realized that “God has also given repentance unto life to the Gentiles,” as its leaders say in [11:18](../11/18.md). So you could either express the likely initial meaning here in your translation, or you could leave the statement more general. Alternate translation: “to the Jews living in faraway parts of the empire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 2 39 a185 figs-exclusive Κύριος, ὁ Θεὸς ἡμῶν 1 the Lord our God By **the Lord our God**, Peter means the God of the Jews. He is speaking of himself and his fellow apostles and of the people in the crowd, so use the inclusive form of the word **our** in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ACT 2 39 a186 figs-idiom ἂν προσκαλέσηται 1 may call Peter is using the word **call** in an idiomatic sense here. Alternate translation: “may bring to salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 2 40 a187 figs-metonymy ἑτέροις τε λόγοις πλείοσιν 1 with many other words Luke is using the term **words** figuratively to mean things that Peter said by using words. Alternate translation: “by saying many other things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 2 40 v6ip figs-hendiadys διεμαρτύρατο, καὶ παρεκάλει αὐτοὺς 1 he testified and urged them Here Luke is expressing a single idea by using two words connected with **and.** The word **urged** tells in what way Peter **testified** further about faith in Jesus. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this same idea with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “he testified urgently to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) +ACT 2 40 a188 figs-activepassive σώθητε 1 Be saved If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “Let God save you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 2 40 wtd5 figs-explicit ἀπὸ τῆς γενεᾶς τῆς σκολιᾶς ταύτης 1 from this perverse generation The implication is that God is going to punish **this perverse generation**. Alternate translation: “from the punishment that this perverse generation will suffer if it does not repent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 2 40 a189 figs-explicit τῆς γενεᾶς τῆς σκολιᾶς ταύτης 1 this perverse generation The word **perverse** describes things or actions that do not conform to what is right and expected. Peter may be referring implicitly to how the people of this **generation** rejected and killed Jesus. Alternate translation: “this wicked generation that rejected and killed Jesus” or “the wicked people of this time who rejected and killed Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 2 41 k1kj writing-endofstory οὖν 1 Therefore Luke uses the word **Therefore** to introduce information about what happened after the story of Pentecost as a result of the events within the story itself. You language may have its own way of indicating how such information relates to a story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) +ACT 2 41 r9qz figs-idiom ἀποδεξάμενοι τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ 1 having received his word Here, **received** means that the people in the crowd accepted that what Peter said was true. Alternate translation: “because they believed his word” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 2 41 a190 figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον αὐτοῦ 1 his word Luke is using the term **word** figuratively to mean what Peter said by using words. Alternate translation: “what Peter said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 2 41 kz64 figs-activepassive οἱ…ἐβαπτίσθησαν 1 they were baptized If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. The apostles themselves may have baptized all these people, but because so many people repented and wanted to be baptized, it is possible that some of the other believers may have baptized some of them. Alternate translation: “the apostles baptized them” or “the believers baptized them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 2 41 sv5j figs-synecdoche ψυχαὶ 1 souls Luke is using one part of these people, their **souls**, to mean the people themselves. Alternate translation: “people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ACT 2 41 a47f figs-activepassive προσετέθησαν 1 were added If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “became part of the church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 2 42 a191 figs-abstractnouns ἦσαν…προσκαρτεροῦντες τῇ διδαχῇ τῶν ἀποστόλων, καὶ τῇ κοινωνίᾳ, τῇ κλάσει τοῦ ἄρτου, καὶ ταῖς προσευχαῖς 1 they were continuing in the teaching of the apostles and in fellowship, in the breaking of bread and in prayers If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **teaching** and **fellowship** with equivalent expressions. Alternate translation: “they continued to learn from what the apostles taught and to share life with one another, and to break bread together and to pray together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ACT 2 42 gc59 figs-synecdoche τῇ κλάσει τοῦ ἄρτου 1 in the breaking of bread Luke could be using the word **breaking** to mean “eating,” and he could be using the word **bread** to mean “food.” In each case he would be figuratively using one part of something to mean the whole thing. Breaking bread is one thing people do when they eat it, and bread is one kind of food. So this could be a reference to the believers sharing meals together. Alternate translation: “in sharing meals” or see the next note for a further possibility. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ACT 2 42 a192 figs-explicit τῇ κλάσει τοῦ ἄρτου 1 in the breaking of bread By **the breaking of bread**, Luke could also mean remembering the death of Jesus in the way that Jesus commanded, by literally breaking a loaf of bread and sharing it and also sharing a cup of wine. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “in observing the Lord’s Supper” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 2 43 a193 figs-personification ἐγίνετο δὲ πάσῃ ψυχῇ φόβος 1 fear was coming on every soul Here the word **fear** describes a deep respect for God. Luke describes this **fear** figuratively as if it were a living thing that could come onto people. Alternate translation: “every soul began to feel a deep respect for God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ACT 2 43 gi9v figs-synecdoche ἐγίνετο δὲ πάσῃ ψυχῇ φόβος 1 fear was coming on every soul Luke is using one part of a person, the **soul**, to mean the entire person. Alternate translation: “every person began to feel a deep respect for God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ACT 2 43 a194 figs-hyperbole ἐγίνετο δὲ πάσῃ ψυχῇ φόβος 1 fear was coming on every soul Luke says **every** as a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “very many people began to feel a deep respect for God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +ACT 2 43 ys3y figs-explicit πολλά τε τέρατα καὶ σημεῖα διὰ τῶν ἀποστόλων ἐγίνετο 1 many wonders and signs were happening through the apostles Since Luke says that these things happened **through the apostles**, the implication is that God was doing them. If it would be clearer in your language, you could make God the subject of this sentence and **wonders and signs** the object. Alternate translation: “God performed many wonders and signs through the apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 2 43 q6dm figs-doublet πολλά τε τέρατα καὶ σημεῖα 1 many wonders and signs The terms **wonders** and **signs** mean similar things. Luke is using them together for emphasis. See how you translated the similar expression in [2:22](../02/22.md). Alternate translation: “many great miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +ACT 2 44 u8qk ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ 1 to the same See the discussion of this phrase in Part 3 of the Introduction to Acts. Alternate translation: “in the same place” or “united in Christian fellowship” +ACT 2 44 jy2w figs-hyperbole εἶχον ἅπαντα κοινά 1 had all things in common Luke may be saying **all** as a generalization to emphasize the powerful spirit of generosity among the believers. The next verse explains more specifically how the believers showed this generosity, and you could give some indication of that here. Alternate translation: “shared their belongings with one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +ACT 2 45 h8tn figs-doublet τὰ κτήματα καὶ τὰς ὑπάρξεις ἐπίπρασκον 1 they were selling their properties and their possessions The words **properties** and **possessions** mean similar things. Luke may be using these words together for emphasis. As the General Notes to this chapter suggest, it may be helpful to start a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “They were selling many valuable things that they owned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +ACT 2 45 f74s writing-pronouns καὶ διεμέριζον αὐτὰ 1 they were distributing them Here the pronoun **they** refers to believers who sold things they owned, and the pronoun **them** refers to the money they received from these sales. Alternate translation: “the believers who sold these things were distributing the money that they received” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ACT 2 45 n9hi πᾶσιν, καθότι ἄν τις χρείαν εἶχεν 1 to all, as anyone might have need Alternate translation: “to everyone who needed help” +ACT 2 46 in43 καθ’ ἡμέραν τε προσκαρτεροῦντες ὁμοθυμαδὸν 1 and, continuing unanimously The word **unanimously** indicates that the apostles and other believers shared a common commitment and purpose and that there was no strife among them. See how you translated the same expression in [1:14](../01/14.md). As the General Notes to this chapter suggest, it may be helpful to start a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “Continuing to meet with one accord” or “Continuing to meet harmoniously” +ACT 2 46 a427 figs-explicit ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 in the temple Only priests were allowed inside the temple building, so here **the temple** means the courtyard around the temple. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 2 46 q1ge figs-synecdoche κλῶντές…κατ’ οἶκον ἄρτον 1 breaking bread in each house See how you translated the similar expression in [2:42](../02/42.md). There were two possible meanings there, but here **breaking bread** seems to mean specifically sharing meals. Alternate translation: “having meals together in their homes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ACT 2 46 i2yk figs-metaphor ἐν ἀγαλλιάσει καὶ ἀφελότητι καρδίας 1 with exultation and sincerity of heart Here, the **heart** figuratively represents the emotions. Alternate translation: “with feelings of exultation and sincerity” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 2 46 a195 figs-abstractnouns ἐν ἀγαλλιάσει καὶ ἀφελότητι καρδίας 1 with exultation and sincerity of heart If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **exultation** and **sincerity** with adverbs that would indicate feelings. Alternate translation: “joyfully and sincerely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ACT 2 47 z6ig figs-hyperbole αἰνοῦντες τὸν Θεὸν καὶ ἔχοντες χάριν πρὸς ὅλον τὸν λαόν 1 praising God and having favor with the whole people Luke says **the whole people** as a generalization to emphasize how widely the people favored the believers. As the General Notes to this chapter suggest, it may be helpful to start a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “They praised God and enjoyed wide favor with the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +ACT 2 47 kc42 figs-activepassive τοὺς σῳζομένους 1 those who were being saved If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “those whom he was saving” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 2 47 a196 ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό 1 to the same See the discussion of this phrase in Part 3 of the Introduction to Acts. Alternate translation: “to their Christian fellowship” +ACT 3 intro hpd9 0 # Acts 03 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### The covenant God made with Abraham

This chapter explains that Jesus came to the Jews in fulfillment of the covenant that God made with Abraham.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “Servant”

Twice in this chapter Peter uses the word “Servant” as a title to mean “Messiah” (3:13, 3:26). He and other believers use the word in the same sense twice in chapter 4 as well (4:27, 4:30). The word takes on this meaning by allusion to the book of Isaiah, where Isaiah uses it to mean the person whom God has chosen for the special purpose of bringing salvation. In your translation, indicate in some way that “Servant” is a Messianic title. Jesus was not a servant of God in the more ordinary sense, in which the believers apply it to themselves in 4:29, for example. Jesus was fully the Son of God, sent to earth on a special mission. If you would not be able to make this clear by using the word “Servant,” you may wish to use the word “Messiah” instead.

### “You killed” (3:15)

For the same reasons as when he was speaking on the day of Pentecost (2:23), Peter tells the people who gather in the temple courtyard after the miracle that this chapter describes that they were guilty of killing Jesus. But he also tells them that they are the first ones to whom God has sent Jesus’ followers to invite them to repent (3:26). For further information and suggestions for how to make clear in your translation what Peter means, see the discussion of this phrase in the General Notes to chapter 2 and the notes to this phrase in 2:23 and 3:15. (See: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])

## Important textual issues in this chapter

### “the Lord our God” (3:22)

In [3:22](../03/22.md), some ancient manuscripts read “the Lord our God.” ULT follows that reading. Other ancient manuscripts read “the Lord your God,” and still other ancient manuscripts read simply “the Lord God.” If a translation of the Bible exists in your region, you may wish to use the reading that it has. If a translation of the Bible does not exist in your region, you may wish to use the reading of ULT. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) +ACT 3 1 b5rm grammar-connect-time-background δὲ 1 Now Luke uses the word **Now** to introduce background information that will help readers understand what happens next. You can translate it with a word or phrase that serves the same purpose in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]]) +ACT 3 1 br7i figs-explicit εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν 1 to the temple Only priests were allowed inside the temple building, so **the temple** means the courtyard around the temple. Alternate translation: “to the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 3 1 a198 τὴν ἐνάτην 1 the ninth hour In this culture, people began counting the hours each day beginning around daybreak at six o’clock in the morning. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this time in the way the people of your culture reckon time. Alternate translation: “three o’clock in the afternoon” +ACT 3 1 a199 translate-ordinal τὴν ἐνάτην 1 the ninth hour If you decide to translate this in the way that the biblical culture reckoned time but your language does not use ordinal numbers, you can use a cardinal number here. Alternate translation: “hour nine” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) +ACT 3 2 f227 figs-activepassive καί τις ἀνὴρ, χωλὸς ἐκ κοιλίας μητρὸς αὐτοῦ ὑπάρχων, ἐβαστάζετο, ὃν ἐτίθουν καθ’ ἡμέραν πρὸς τὴν θύραν τοῦ ἱεροῦ 1 And a certain man, being lame from the womb of his mother, was being carried, whom each day they placed at the gate of the temple If it would be clearer in your language, you could say use an active verbal form instead of the passive form **was being carried**. Alternate translation: “And there was a certain man who had been lame since birth whom people would carry to the temple every day and place at the gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 3 2 u6nu writing-background καί τις ἀνὴρ 1 And a certain man In this verse, Luke provides background information about this man to help readers understand what happens next in the story. In your translation, present this information in a way that would be natural in your own language and culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +ACT 3 2 j68t figs-metonymy ἐκ κοιλίας μητρὸς αὐτοῦ 1 from the womb of his mother Luke is figuratively describing the time of the lame man’s birth, by association with the way he came from the **womb** of his **mother** when he was born. Alternate translation: “since birth” or “since he was born” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 3 2 a200 figs-activepassive τὴν λεγομένην 1 that is called If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “that people call” or “whose name is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 3 2 a201 translate-names Ὡραίαν 1 Beautiful **Beautiful** is the name of one of the gates of the Jerusalem temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 3 2 a202 figs-explicit εἰς τὸ ἱερόν 1 into the temple Only priests were allowed inside the temple building, so **the temple** means the courtyard around the temple. Alternate translation: “into the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 3 3 a203 figs-explicit ἠρώτα ἐλεημοσύνην λαβεῖν 1 asked to receive alms The man specifically asked Peter and John to give him **alms** (that is, a charitable gift). Alternate translation: “asked to receive alms from them” or “asked them to give him alms” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 3 4 xq4u ἀτενίσας…Πέτρος εἰς αὐτὸν σὺν τῷ Ἰωάννῃ εἶπεν 1 Peter, looking intently at him with John, said This means that both Peter and John looked at the man. It does not mean that Peter looked at the man and at John, and it does not mean that both Peter and John spoke to the man. Alternate translation: “Peter and John looked intently at him and Peter said” +ACT 3 4 e3c6 figs-exclusive βλέψον εἰς ἡμᾶς 1 Look at us Peter is asking the man to look at him and John, not to look at himself as well, so use the exclusive form of **us** in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ACT 3 6 x6bm figs-metonymy ἀργύριον καὶ χρυσίον 1 silver and gold Peter is referring figuratively to money, by association with the way that **silver** and **gold** were used for money at this time. Alternate translation: “money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 3 6 zi9t figs-explicit ὃ δὲ ἔχω, τοῦτό σοι δίδωμι 1 but what I have, this I give to you What happens next in the story shows that by **what I have**, Peter implicitly means the authority that Jesus has given him to heal. Alternate translation: “but Jesus has given me the authority to heal, and I will use it on your behalf” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 3 6 t2vf figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ τοῦ Ναζωραίου 1 In the name of Jesus Christ the Nazarene Here the **name** of Jesus figuratively represents his authority. Alternate translation: “By the authority of Jesus Christ the Nazarene, I command you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 3 6 a204 translate-names Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ τοῦ Ναζωραίου 1 of Jesus Christ the Nazarene The word **Nazarene** describes someone who comes from the city of Nazareth. See how you translated it in [2:23](../02/23.md). Alternate translation: “of Jesus Christ of Nazareth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 3 6 a205 figs-imperative περιπάτει 1 walk This was not a command that the man was capable of obeying. Instead, it was a command that directly caused the man to be healed. Alternate translation: “I give you the ability to walk” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-imperative]]) +ACT 3 7 ec6j writing-pronouns πιάσας αὐτὸν τῆς δεξιᾶς χειρὸς, ἤγειρεν αὐτόν; παραχρῆμα δὲ ἐστερεώθησαν αἱ βάσεις αὐτοῦ καὶ τὰ σφυδρά 1 seizing him by the right hand, he raised him up, and immediately his feet and ankles were made strong In this verse, the pronoun **he** refers to Peter, while the pronouns **him** and **his** refer to the lame man. You could indicate that specifically in at least some of the cases if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “seizing the man by the right hand, Peter raised him up, and immediately the man’s feet and ankles were made strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ACT 3 7 a206 figs-activepassive ἐστερεώθησαν αἱ βάσεις αὐτοῦ καὶ τὰ σφυδρά 1 his feet and ankles were made strong If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “his feet and ankles became strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 3 8 a207 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 And Luke is using the word translated **And** to indicate that the events in this verse happened as a result of the events in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ACT 3 8 abc1 writing-pronouns ἔστη καὶ περιεπάτει, καὶ εἰσῆλθεν σὺν αὐτοῖς 1 he stood and began to walk, and he entered with them The pronoun **he** refers to the man who had been lame, and the pronoun **them** refers to Peter and John. You could indicate that specifically if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “the man stood and began to walk, and the man entered with Peter and John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ACT 3 8 zp7x figs-explicit εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν 1 into the temple Only priests were allowed inside the temple building, so **the temple** means the courtyard around the temple. Alternate translation: “into the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 3 9 a208 figs-hyperbole πᾶς ὁ λαὸς 1 all the people The word **all** is a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “the crowd that was in the courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +ACT 3 10 zy7h ἐπεγίνωσκον…αὐτὸν, ὅτι αὐτὸς ἦν ὁ…καθήμενος 1 they recognized him, that he was the one sitting Alternate translation: “they realized that he was the man who had been sitting” +ACT 3 10 p2zh translate-names τῇ Ὡραίᾳ Πύλῃ 1 the Beautiful Gate This was the name of one of the entrances to the temple area. See how you translated the similar expression in [3:2](../03/22.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 3 10 a209 figs-activepassive ἐπλήσθησαν θάμβους καὶ ἐκστάσεως ἐπὶ τῷ συμβεβηκότι αὐτῷ 1 they were filled with wonder and amazement at what had happened to him If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “what had happened to him filled them with wonder and amazement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 3 10 j6zf figs-doublet ἐπλήσθησαν θάμβους καὶ ἐκστάσεως ἐπὶ τῷ συμβεβηκότι αὐτῷ 1 they were filled with wonder and amazement at what had happened to him The words **wonder** and **amazement** mean similar things. Luke is using together for emphasis. You do not need to repeat both words in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “what had happened to him filled them with complete amazement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +ACT 3 10 a210 figs-metaphor ἐπλήσθησαν θάμβους καὶ ἐκστάσεως ἐπὶ τῷ συμβεβηκότι αὐτῷ 1 they were filled with wonder and amazement at what had happened to him Luke is speaking figuratively as if the people were containers that these responses could fill. Alternate translation: “what had happened to him made them completely amazed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 3 10 a211 figs-abstractnouns ἐπλήσθησαν θάμβους καὶ ἐκστάσεως ἐπὶ τῷ συμβεβηκότι αὐτῷ 1 they were filled with wonder and amazement at what had happened to him If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **wonder** and **amazement** with verbs. Alternate translation: “they wondered and marveled greatly at what had happened to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ACT 3 11 a212 figs-hyperbole πᾶς ὁ λαὸς 1 all the people The word **all** is a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “the crowd that was there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +ACT 3 11 rk1m translate-names τῇ στοᾷ τῇ καλουμένῃ Σολομῶντος 1 the porch that is called Solomon’s This is the name of a covered walkway in the Jerusalem temple courtyard. It consisted of rows of pillars that supported a roof. People had named this porch after King Solomon. Alternate translation: “Solomon’s Porch” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 3 11 rj43 figs-activepassive τῇ καλουμένῃ 1 that is called If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “that people call” or “whose name is” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 3 12 ndi3 figs-idiom ἄνδρες, Ἰσραηλεῖται 1 Men, Israelites This is an idiomatic form of address. Alternate translation: “My fellow Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 3 12 uyg1 figs-rquestion τί θαυμάζετε ἐπὶ τούτῳ 1 why do you marvel at this? Peter does not expect the crowd to tell him why they are marveling. He is using the question form for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “you should not marvel at this!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ACT 3 12 j6ld figs-rquestion ἢ ἡμῖν τί ἀτενίζετε, ὡς ἰδίᾳ δυνάμει ἢ εὐσεβείᾳ πεποιηκόσιν τοῦ περιπατεῖν αὐτόν? 1 Or why do you look intently at us, as if we have made him to walk by our own power or godliness? Peter is using the question form for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his words as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “Do not stare at us, we did not make him walk by our own power or godliness!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ACT 3 12 g4y1 figs-exclusive ἡμῖν…ἰδίᾳ 1 at us…our own By **us** and **our own**, Peter means himself and John but not also the people in the crowd. So use the exclusive forms of **us** and **our** in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ACT 3 12 mwd9 figs-hendiadys ἰδίᾳ δυνάμει ἢ εὐσεβείᾳ 1 by our own power or godliness Peter may be expressing a single idea by using two words connected with **or.** The term **godliness** describes what the crowd may consider the source or nature of the **power** that he and John have. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “by our own godly power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) +ACT 3 13 q8q2 translate-names Ἀβραὰμ…Ἰσαὰκ…Ἰακώβ 1 Abraham…Isaac…Jacob These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 3 13 a213 figs-metaphor τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν 1 our fathers Peter is using the term **fathers** figuratively to mean “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “our ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 3 13 a214 τὸν παῖδα αὐτοῦ, Ἰησοῦν 1 his Servant Jesus See the discussion of the term **Servant** in the General Notes to this chapter. Alternate translation: “Jesus his Messiah” +ACT 3 13 a215 παρεδώκατε 1 delivered up Alternate translation: “handed over for trial” +ACT 3 13 cp1j figs-idiom κατὰ πρόσωπον Πειλάτου 1 before the face of Pilate Here the phrase **before the face of** means “in the presence of.” Alternate translation: “in the presence of Pilate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 3 13 a216 translate-names Πειλάτου 1 Pilate **Pilate** is the name of a man. His full name was Pontius Pilate. He was the governor of Judea during the time of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 3 13 yy96 figs-nominaladj κρίναντος ἐκείνου ἀπολύειν 1 when that one had decided to release him Peter is using the demonstrative adjective **that** as a noun to refer to a certain person, Pilate. (ULT adds **one** to indicate that.) Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could indicate specifically whom Peter means. Alternate translation: “when Pilate had decided to release him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +ACT 3 14 a217 grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 But Peter uses this word to introduce a contrast between what Pilate wanted to do and what these people demanded he do instead. Alternate translation: “Even though Pilate wanted to release Jesus,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +ACT 3 14 a218 figs-nominaladj τὸν Ἅγιον καὶ Δίκαιον 1 the Holy and Righteous One Peter is using both the adjective **Holy** and the adjective **Righteous** to indicate a certain person, Jesus. (ULT adds **One** to indicate that.) Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could indicate specifically whom Peter means. Alternate translation: “Jesus, who was holy and righteous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +ACT 3 14 a219 figs-doublet τὸν Ἅγιον καὶ Δίκαιον 1 the Holy and Righteous One The terms **Holy** and **Righteous** mean similar things. Peter is using the two terms together for emphasis. Alternate translation: “the Supremely Holy One” or “Jesus, who was supremely holy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +ACT 3 14 a220 figs-explicit τὸν Ἅγιον καὶ Δίκαιον 1 the Holy and Righteous One This description of Jesus is an implicit assertion that he is the Messiah. Alternate translation: “Jesus, the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 3 14 s6qj figs-activepassive ᾐτήσασθε ἄνδρα, φονέα χαρισθῆναι ὑμῖν 1 for a man, a murderer, to be granted to you If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Pilate to release to you a man who was a murderer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 3 15 a221 figs-synecdoche ἀπεκτείνατε 1 you killed It was the Romans who literally killed Jesus, but Peter says figuratively that the Jewish people in the crowd killed him because their demands led to his death. See how you translated the similar expression in [2:23](../02/23.md). Alternate translation: “you demanded the death of” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ACT 3 15 ljn8 figs-explicit Ἀρχηγὸν τῆς ζωῆς 1 the Originator of Life Peter is using the expression **the Originator of Life** as another title for Jesus. This expression could be a reference to the way Jesus, as the Son of God, took part in the original creation of all life. It could also be a reference to the way Jesus gives spiritual life to all who believe in him. Or it could mean both things. In any event, Peter is drawing a contrast between between the life-giving Jesus whom the people rejected and the life-taking murderer whom they asked Pilate to release. It may be best in your translation to bring out this contrast while leaving the specific meaning open. Alternate translation: “Jesus, who gives life rather than taking it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 3 15 a222 figs-nominaladj ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead Peter is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “from among those who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +ACT 3 15 jwb1 figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς 1 we Peter is speaking at least of himself and John, and perhaps also of the other apostles, but not of the people he is addressing. So use the exclusive form of **we** in your translation if your language marks that distinction. Other languages may have other ways of indicating that **we** is exclusive here. Alternate translation: “we and the other apostles whom Jesus chose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ACT 3 15 a223 writing-pronouns ἡμεῖς 1 we If you conclude that Peter is referring only to himself and John, and if your language uses dual forms, use the dual form of the pronoun **we** here, since it would apply to two people. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ACT 3 16 abc2 figs-infostructure ἐπὶ τῇ πίστει τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ, τοῦτον ὃν θεωρεῖτε καὶ οἴδατε, ἐστερέωσεν τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 by faith in his name, this one whom you see and know, his name has made strong Your language might naturally present the phrases in this sentence in a different order. Alternate translation: “this man whom you see and know had faith in his name, and his name has made him strong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) +ACT 3 16 qt8w writing-pronouns τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ…τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 his name…his name The pronoun **his** refers to Jesus in both of these instances. Alternate translation: “the name of Jesus…that name” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ACT 3 16 a224 figs-metonymy τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ…τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ 1 his name…his name Peter is using the **name** of Jesus figuratively to mean his authority or power. Alternate translation: “the authority of Jesus…the authority of Jesus” or “the power of Jesus…the power of Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 3 16 abc3 writing-pronouns ἡ πίστις ἡ δι’ αὐτοῦ, ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ 1 the faith that is through him has given to him The first instance of the pronoun **him** refers to Jesus, and the second instance refers to the man who had been lame. Alternate translation: “the faith that is through Jesus has given to this man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ACT 3 16 a225 figs-personification ἡ πίστις ἡ δι’ αὐτοῦ, ἔδωκεν αὐτῷ τὴν ὁλοκληρίαν ταύτην 1 the faith that is through him has given to him this complete health Peter is speaking of **faith** figuratively as if it were a living thing that could have given **complete health** to the man. Alternate translation: “because this man had faith in Jesus, Jesus has given him this complete health” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ACT 3 17 v45t καὶ νῦν 1 And now Peter uses the expression **And now** to shift the people’s attention away from the lame man so that he can speak to them directly. In your translation, use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that would be natural for this same purpose. +ACT 3 17 a226 figs-metaphor ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Peter addresses the people figuratively as his **brothers** because they are related to him as fellow descendants of the founders of the Jewish nation. Alternate translation: “my kinsmen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 3 17 a227 figs-gendernotations ἀδελφοί 1 brothers Although the term **brothers** is masculine, Peter is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If you retain the metaphor in your translation, you could say “brothers and sisters” to indicate this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +ACT 3 17 x62k figs-explicit κατὰ ἄγνοιαν ἐπράξατε 1 you acted in ignorance Peter likely means that the people **acted in ignorance** of the fact that Jesus was the Messiah. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “you acted in ignorance of the fact that Jesus was the Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 3 17 a228 figs-ellipsis ὥσπερ καὶ οἱ ἄρχοντες ὑμῶν 1 as also your rulers Peter is leaving out some of the words that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. You can supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “and that your rulers also acted in ignorance” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ACT 3 18 gcc1 figs-infostructure ὁ δὲ Θεὸς ἃ προκατήγγειλεν διὰ στόματος πάντων τῶν προφητῶν, παθεῖν τὸν Χριστὸν αὐτοῦ, ἐπλήρωσεν οὕτως 1 But what God foretold through the mouth of all the prophets, that his Christ would suffer, he has fulfilled thus Your language might naturally put first in this sentence the information that God **fulfilled** prophecies when Christ suffered. Alternate translation: “But in this way God has fulfilled what he foretold through the mouth of all the prophets, that his Christ would suffer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-infostructure]]) +ACT 3 18 ms6d διὰ στόματος πάντων τῶν προφητῶν 1 through the mouth of all the prophets Since Peter is speaking of a group of people, **the prophets**, it might be more natural in your language to use the plural form of **mouth**. Alternate translation: “through the mouths of all the prophets” +ACT 3 18 z3l7 figs-metonymy διὰ στόματος πάντων τῶν προφητῶν 1 through the mouth of all the prophets Peter is figuratively using the **mouth** of the prophets to represent what they said by using their mouths. Alternate translation: “through what all the prophets said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 3 18 a229 figs-hyperbole πάντων τῶν προφητῶν 1 of all the prophets Peter is using the word **all** as a generalization. It is true that the overall witness of Old Testament prophecy is that the Messiah would come first in humility and suffering, but not every prophet spoke specifically of the sufferings of Christ. Alternate translation: “of many prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +ACT 3 19 cw18 figs-metaphor ἐπιστρέψατε 1 turn back Peter is speaking of his listeners figuratively as if they were traveling somewhere and had taken the wrong way and needed to **turn back** onto the right way. Alternate translation: “start obeying the Lord again” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 3 19 zm6y figs-activepassive πρὸς τὸ ἐξαλειφθῆναι ὑμῶν τὰς ἁμαρτίας 1 for your sins to be wiped away If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “so that God will wipe away your sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 3 19 a230 figs-metaphor πρὸς τὸ ἐξαλειφθῆναι ὑμῶν τὰς ἁμαρτίας 1 for your sins to be wiped away Peter is speaking of sins as if they would be physically **wiped away** when God forgave them. Alternate translation: “so that God will forgive your sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 3 20 a231 figs-personification ὅπως ἂν ἔλθωσιν καιροὶ ἀναψύξεως ἀπὸ προσώπου τοῦ Κυρίου 1 so that times of refreshment may come from the face of the Lord Peter is speaking of these **times** figuratively as if they could actively **come** to his listeners on their own. Alternate translation: “so that the Lord may send you times of refreshing from his face” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ACT 3 20 x3ca figs-abstractnouns καιροὶ ἀναψύξεως 1 times of refreshment If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **refreshment** with an adjective such as “refreshing” or “restful.” Alternate translation: “refreshing times” or “restful times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ACT 3 20 f2wm figs-metaphor ἀπὸ προσώπου τοῦ Κυρίου 1 from the face of the Lord Peter is using the term **face** figuratively to represent the presence of the Lord. Alternate translation: “from the presence of the Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 3 20 h3nk figs-explicit ἀποστείλῃ 1 he may send Peter is referring implicitly to Christ’s coming again. Alternate translation: “he may again send” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 3 20 yzr6 figs-activepassive τὸν προκεχειρισμένον ὑμῖν 1 the one appointed for you If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the one whom he has appointed for you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 3 21 vgn8 figs-personification ὃν δεῖ οὐρανὸν μὲν δέξασθαι 1 whom it is necessary for heaven to receive Peter is speaking figuratively of **heaven** as if it were a person who has welcomed Jesus into his home. Alternate translation: “who must remain in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ACT 3 21 x2f3 figs-abstractnouns ἄχρι χρόνων ἀποκαταστάσεως πάντων 1 the times of the restoration of all things If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **restoration** with a verb such as “restore.” Alternate translation: “the times when God will restore all things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ACT 3 21 a2m8 figs-idiom ἀπ’ αἰῶνος 1 from the age This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “long ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 3 21 a12i figs-metonymy διὰ στόματος τῶν ἁγίων…αὐτοῦ προφητῶν 1 through the mouth of his holy prophets Peter is figuratively using the **mouth** of the prophets to represent what they said by using their mouths. Alternate translation: “through what his holy prophets said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 3 22 a232 figs-quotesinquotes Μωϋσῆς μὲν εἶπεν, ὅτι προφήτην ὑμῖν ἀναστήσει Κύριος, ὁ Θεὸς ἡμῶν ἐκ τῶν ἀδελφῶν ὑμῶν, ὡς ἐμέ αὐτοῦ ἀκούσεσθε κατὰ πάντα, ὅσα ἂν λαλήσῃ πρὸς ὑμᾶς 1 Moses indeed said, ‘The Lord our God will raise up for you a prophet like me from your brothers. You will listen to him according to everything—whatever he may speak to you If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “Moses indeed said that the Lord our God would raise up a prophet like himself for us Israelites from among our brothers. Moses said that we were to listen to him according to everything—whatever he might speak to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) +ACT 3 22 a233 translate-names Μωϋσῆς 1 Moses **Moses** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 3 22 a249 translate-textvariants Κύριος, ὁ Θεὸς ἡμῶν 1 The Lord our God See the discussion in the General Notes to this chapter to decide whether to use this reading or one of two other possible readings, “The Lord your God” or “The Lord God.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-textvariants]]) +ACT 3 22 a250 figs-exclusive Κύριος, ὁ Θεὸς ἡμῶν 1 The Lord our God Moses is speaking of himself and his fellow Israelites, whom he is addressing, so use the inclusive form of the word **our** in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ACT 3 22 v5nf figs-idiom ὑμῖν ἀναστήσει 1 will raise up for you Here the expression **raise up** does not mean “bring back to life,” as it did in [2:24](../02/24.md) and [2:32](../02/32.md). In this context, it refers instead to God giving someone the mission to go as a prophet to certain people with a message for them. Alternate translation: “will send to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 3 22 t8di figs-metaphor τῶν ἀδελφῶν ὑμῶν 1 your brothers Moses is using the term **brothers** to mean people who are fellow descendants with his listeners of the founders of the Jewish nation. Alternate translation: “your kinsmen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 3 22 a234 figs-declarative αὐτοῦ ἀκούσεσθε κατὰ πάντα 1 You will listen to him according to everything Moses is using a future statement to give a command. Alternate translation: “You must listen to everything he tells you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) +ACT 3 22 a235 figs-idiom αὐτοῦ ἀκούσεσθε κατὰ πάντα 1 You will listen to him according to everything Here, **listen** is an idiom that means “obey.” Alternate translation: “You must obey every command that he gives you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 3 23 a236 figs-quotesinquotes ἔσται δὲ πᾶσα ψυχὴ, ἥτις ἐὰν μὴ ἀκούσῃ τοῦ προφήτου ἐκείνου, ἐξολεθρευθήσεται ἐκ τοῦ λαοῦ 1 But it will be that every soul that does not listen to that prophet will be destroyed from the people If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “Moses also said that every soul that did not listen to that prophet would be destroyed from the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) +ACT 3 23 t8a5 figs-activepassive πᾶσα ψυχὴ, ἥτις ἐὰν μὴ ἀκούσῃ τοῦ προφήτου ἐκείνου, ἐξολεθρευθήσεται ἐκ τοῦ λαοῦ 1 every soul that does not listen to that prophet will be destroyed from the people If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “God will destroy from the people every soul that does not listen to that prophet” or see the next note for a further possibility. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 3 23 a237 figs-declarative πᾶσα ψυχὴ, ἥτις ἐὰν μὴ ἀκούσῃ τοῦ προφήτου ἐκείνου, ἐξολεθρευθήσεται ἐκ τοῦ λαοῦ 1 every soul that does not listen to that prophet will be destroyed from the people Moses could be using a future statement to give a command, in which case he would be telling the people to take this action. Alternate translation: “you must destroy from the people every soul that does not listen to that prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-declarative]]) +ACT 3 23 a238 figs-synecdoche πᾶσα ψυχὴ, ἥτις 1 every soul that Moses is using one part of a person, the **soul**, to mean the entire person. Alternate translation: “every person who” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ACT 3 23 a239 figs-idiom ἥτις ἐὰν μὴ ἀκούσῃ τοῦ προφήτου ἐκείνου 1 does not listen to that prophet Here, **listen** is an idiom that means “obey.” Alternate translation: “does not obey that prophet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 3 24 u6x3 figs-hyperbole πάντες…οἱ προφῆται 1 all the prophets Here the phrase **all the prophets** is probably not the same kind of generalization that it seems to be in [3:18](../03/18.md). It is true in a more literal sense that all the prophets **announced these days**. There was something in the messages of each one of them that pointed to the culmination of God’s work in the coming of Jesus. So even if your language does not use generalizations for emphasis, you can translate these words just as Peter says them. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +ACT 3 24 xp9h ἀπὸ Σαμουὴλ καὶ τῶν καθεξῆς 1 from Samuel and those after him Alternate translation: “beginning with Samuel and continuing with those who lived after he did” +ACT 3 24 a240 translate-names Σαμουὴλ 1 Samuel **Samuel** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 3 24 m9pr figs-idiom τὰς ἡμέρας ταύτας 1 these days Peter is using the word **days** idiomatically to mean a specific time. Alternate translation: “this time” or “these times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 3 24 a241 figs-explicit τὰς ἡμέρας ταύτας 1 these days Peter is referring to a specific time to mean implicitly what is happening at that time. Alternate translation: “the things that are happening now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 3 25 rh2n figs-metonymy ὑμεῖς ἐστε οἱ υἱοὶ τῶν προφητῶν 1 You are the sons of the prophets Peter is using the word **sons** figuratively in the sense of “heirs,” by association with the way that children inherit from their parents. He means that the Israelites living at this time are going to receive something as a legacy from those who lived before them. Alternate translation: “You are the ones who are going to receive what the prophets promised” or “You are the ones who are going to experience what the prophets foretold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 3 25 a242 figs-gendernotations οἱ υἱοὶ 1 the sons Although the term **sons** is masculine, Peter is using the word in a generic sense that includes both men and women. If you retain the metaphor in your translation, you could say “the sons and daughters” to indicate this. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +ACT 3 25 a243 figs-metonymy καὶ τῆς διαθήκης ἧς διέθετο ὁ Θεὸς πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας ὑμῶν 1 and of the covenant that God made with your fathers The figurative sense of **sons** as “heirs” continues in this phrase. Alternate translation: “and who are going to receive what God promised to your fathers when he made a covenant with them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 3 25 a244 figs-quotesinquotes πρὸς τοὺς πατέρας ὑμῶν, λέγων πρὸς Ἀβραάμ, καὶ ἐν τῷ σπέρματί σου ἐνευλογηθήσονται πᾶσαι αἱ πατριαὶ τῆς γῆς 1 with your fathers, saying to Abraham, ‘And in your seed will all the families of the earth be blessed’ If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “with your fathers when he said to Abraham that in his seed all the families of the earth would be blessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) +ACT 3 25 a245 figs-metaphor τοὺς πατέρας ὑμῶν 1 your fathers Here, **fathers** figuratively means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “your ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 3 25 mad5 figs-metaphor ἐν τῷ σπέρματί σου 1 in your seed The term **seed** figuratively means “offspring.” It is a word picture. Just as plants produce seeds that grow into many more plants, so people can have many offspring. Alternate translation: “through your descendants” or see the next note for a further possibility. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 3 25 a246 figs-explicit ἐν τῷ σπέρματί σου 1 in your seed As the apostle Paul notes in [Galatians 3:16](../gal/03/16.md), God used the singular form of the word **seed** when he said this to Abraham, and so the ultimate fulfillment of this promise came when God sent Jesus as the Savior for everyone in the world who would believe in him. That may also be what Peter has in view here, since he refers in the next verse to God’s “Servant,” meaning the Messiah. Alternate translation: “through the Messiah, who will be your descendant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 3 25 a247 figs-activepassive ἐνευλογηθήσονται πᾶσαι αἱ πατριαὶ τῆς γῆς 1 will all the families of the earth be blessed If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “I will bless all the families of the earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 3 25 g31m figs-metonymy πᾶσαι αἱ πατριαὶ τῆς γῆς 1 all the families of the earth Here, **families** refers figuratively to people groups or nations, by association with the way that many of them consist of people who have a common ancestry. Alternate translation: “all the nations of the world” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 3 26 b7tz figs-idiom ἀναστήσας ὁ Θεὸς τὸν παῖδα αὐτοῦ, ἀπέστειλεν αὐτὸν 1 God, having raised up his Servant, sent him The expression **raised up** has the same meaning here as in [3:22](../03/22.md). See how you translated it there. Alternate translation: “When God appointed Jesus as the Messiah, he sent him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 3 26 z5q6 τὸν παῖδα αὐτοῦ 1 his Servant See the discussion of the term **Servant** in the General Notes to this chapter, and see how you translated that term in [3:13](../03/13.md). Alternate translation: “his Messiah” +ACT 3 26 x8ss figs-metaphor τῷ ἀποστρέφειν ἕκαστον ἀπὸ τῶν πονηριῶν ὑμῶν 1 by turning each of you from your wickedness Here, **turning** someone **from** something figuratively means leading that person to stop doing that thing. See how you translated the similar expression in [3:19](../03/19.md). Alternate translation: “by leading every one of you to repent of your wickedness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 3 26 a248 figs-abstractnouns τῷ ἀποστρέφειν ἕκαστον ἀπὸ τῶν πονηριῶν ὑμῶν 1 by turning each of you from your wickedness If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **wickedness** with an adjective such as “wicked.” Alternate translation: “by leading every one of you to stop doing wicked things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ACT 4 intro pv3a 0 # Acts 04 General Notes

## Structure and formatting

Some translations set each line of poetry farther to the right than the rest of the text to make it easier to read. The ULT does this with the poetry that is quoted from the Old Testament in 4:25–26.

## Special concepts in this chapter

### Unity

The first Christians wanted very much to be united. They wanted to believe the same things and share everything they owned and help those who needed help.

### “Signs and wonders”

This phrase refers to things that only God can do. The Christians wanted God to do what only he could do so that people would believe that what they said about Jesus was true.

## Important figures of speech in this chapter

### The “head of the corner” or cornerstone (4:11)

The cornerstone was the first piece of stone that people put down when they were building a building out of stone. Peter refers to it as the “head of the corner” in 4:11. This is a metaphor for the most important part of something, the part on which everything else depends. To say that Jesus is the cornerstone of the church is to say that nothing in the church is more important than Jesus and that everything in the church depends on Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/faith]])

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “no other name” (4:12)

“There is no other name under heaven given among men by which we must be saved” (Acts 4:12). As a note to this verse explains, in this expression the term “name” figuratively represents a person. So with these words, Peter was saying that no other person who has ever been on the earth or who will ever be on earth can save people. This statement might cause some controversy in some places today, but it is an essential part of the Christian message and it should be translated so that its meaning is clear. +ACT 4 1 abc4 writing-pronouns λαλούντων…αὐτῶν 1 as they were speaking The pronoun **they** refers to Peter and John. Alternate translation: “as Peter and John were speaking” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ACT 4 1 ew3l figs-explicit ὁ στρατηγὸς τοῦ ἱεροῦ 1 the captain of the temple The temple had its own guards, and this man was their commanding officer. Alternate translation: “the commander of the temple guard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 4 1 a253 translate-names οἱ Σαδδουκαῖοι 1 the Sadducees **Sadducees** is the name of a group of Jewish priests. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 4 1 m74s figs-explicit οἱ Σαδδουκαῖοι 1 the Sadducees The Sadducees would have been particularly upset that Peter and John were saying that God raised Jesus from the dead, because they did not believe in the resurrection. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain that explicitly here. Alternate translation: “the Sadducees, who do not believe in the resurrection,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 4 1 d3tv figs-synecdoche οἱ Σαδδουκαῖοι 1 the Sadducees Luke is using the name of the whole group to mean some of its members. Alternate translation: “some of the Sadducees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ACT 4 2 abc5 writing-pronouns διαπονούμενοι διὰ τὸ διδάσκειν αὐτοὺς 1 greatly troubled because they were teaching The pronoun **they** refers to Peter and John. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “These men were greatly troubled because Peter and John were teaching” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ACT 4 2 mg5l figs-abstractnouns καταγγέλλειν ἐν τῷ Ἰησοῦ τὴν ἀνάστασιν, τὴν ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 proclaiming in Jesus the resurrection that is from the dead If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **resurrection** with an equivalent phrase. Peter and John were saying that God would raise people from the dead in the same way that he had raised Jesus. Translate this in a way that allows **the resurrection** to refer to both Jesus’ resurrection and the general resurrection of other people. Alternate translation: “proclaiming that God makes people alive again who have died, just as God had done for Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ACT 4 2 np5g figs-nominaladj τὴν ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead Peter is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “from among those who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +ACT 4 3 a254 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 And Luke is using the word translated **And** to introduce what the men who came up to Peter and John did because they were so troubled by their teaching. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ACT 4 3 a255 writing-pronouns ἐπέβαλον αὐτοῖς τὰς χεῖρας 1 they laid hands on them The pronoun **they** refers to the priests, the captain of the temple, and the Sadducees. The pronoun **them** refers to Peter and John. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “the priests, the captain of the temple, and the Sadducees laid hands on Peter and John” or “the men who had come up to Peter and John laid hands on them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ACT 4 3 zla7 figs-metonymy ἐπέβαλον αὐτοῖς τὰς χεῖρας 1 they laid hands on them The expression **laid hands on** figuratively means to arrest someone, by association with the way that arresting officers might physically take hold of a person with their **hands**. Alternate translation: “they arrested them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 4 3 a256 figs-abstractnouns ἔθεντο εἰς τήρησιν 1 put them in custody If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **custody** with a verb such as “imprison.” Alternate translation: “they imprisoned them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ACT 4 3 h5f9 figs-explicit ἦν γὰρ ἑσπέρα ἤδη 1 since it was already evening The implication is that the ruling council, which Luke describes in [4:5–6](../04/05.md), would not meet to question anyone at night. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “since it was already evening and the council would not meet to question them at night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 4 4 a257 writing-endofstory δὲ 1 But Luke uses the word **But** to introduce information about what happened after this much of the story as a result of the events within the story itself. This is not the end of the whole story, but it is the end of a significant part of it. You language may have its own way of indicating how such information relates to a significant part of a story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) +ACT 4 4 a258 figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον 1 the word Luke is using the term **word** figuratively to mean the message about Jesus that Peter and John shared by using words. Alternate translation: “the message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 4 4 bm1f figs-gendernotations ἀριθμὸς τῶν ἀνδρῶν 1 the number of the men Luke is not using the word **men** in a generic sense here. The figure of 5,000 is the number of the men alone. It does not include women and children. So it would not be accurate to translate **men** as “people.” Instead, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this distinction explicitly. Alternate translation: “the number of the men alone, not counting the women and children,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +ACT 4 4 qd8g figs-explicit ἐγενήθη…ὡς χιλιάδες πέντε 1 became about 5,000 This could mean: (1) The word **became** could be indicating that the community of believers in Jesus grew to a total of 5,000 as a result of the professions of faith on this day. Alternate translation: “in the community of believers grew to about 5,000” (2) The word translated **became** could mean “was,” and that would indicate that 5,000 men made professions of faith on this day. Alternate translation: “who put their faith in Jesus that day was about 5,000” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 4 5 lw2d writing-newevent ἐγένετο δὲ 1 And it happened that Luke uses this phrase to introduce a significant development in this story. Use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this purpose. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]]) +ACT 4 5 cdj1 figs-explicit συναχθῆναι αὐτῶν τοὺς ἄρχοντας, καὶ τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους, καὶ τοὺς γραμματεῖς 1 their rulers and elders and scribes were gathered together Luke is implicitly describing the Sanhedrin, the Jewish ruling council, which consisted of these three groups of people. Luke describes this council explicitly as “the Sanhedrin” in [4:15](../04/15.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could identify it by name here. Alternate translation: “the Sanhedrin, consisting of their rulers and elders and scribes, was gathered together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 4 5 j6p8 writing-pronouns αὐτῶν τοὺς ἄρχοντας, καὶ τοὺς πρεσβυτέρους, καὶ τοὺς γραμματεῖς 1 their rulers and elders and scribes The pronoun **their** refers to the Jewish people. Alternate translation: “the rulers and elders and scribes of the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ACT 4 5 i9tj figs-activepassive συναχθῆναι 1 were gathered together If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “gathered together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 4 6 a259 figs-explicit Ἅννας ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς, καὶ Καϊάφας 1 Annas the high priest, and Caiaphas Luke describes Annas as **the high priest**, but the actual situation was complicated. At this time the Romans were appointing the high priests for Judea. One Roman official had appointed Annas some years earlier, but ten years after that, another official deposed him and named his son-in-law Caiaphas high priest instead. However, the Jews still recognized Annas’ claim to the position. If you decide to clarify this for your readers, it would probably be best to state the matter as simply as possible. Alternate translation: “Annas, whom the Jews recognized as the high priest, and Caiaphas, whom a Roman official had appointed as the high priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 4 6 l44n translate-names Ἅννας…Καϊάφας Ἰωάννης…Ἀλέξανδρος 1 Annas…Caiaphas…John…Alexander These are the names of four men. The **John** mentioned here was a member of the high priest’s family. This is not the same John as the apostle. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 4 6 a260 ὅσοι ἦσαν ἐκ γένους ἀρχιερατικοῦ 1 as many as were from the high priestly family Alternate translation: “all the other members of the high priestly family who were members of the council” +ACT 4 7 abc6 writing-pronouns στήσαντες αὐτοὺς ἐν τῷ μέσῳ, ἐπυνθάνοντο 1 having set them in their midst, they asked them The pronoun **them** refers to Peter and John, and the pronouns **their** and **they** refers to the council members. It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “when the council members had set Peter and John in their midst, the members asked them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ACT 4 7 t1eq figs-doublet ἐν ποίᾳ δυνάμει ἢ ἐν ποίῳ ὀνόματι ἐποιήσατε τοῦτο ὑμεῖς? 1 By what power or in what name have you done this? The words **power** and **name** (meaning authority, see next note) mean similar things. The council members may be using them together to ask a comprehensive or emphatic question. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine these terms in your translation. Alternate translation: “By whatever means were you able to do this?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +ACT 4 7 jc21 figs-metonymy ἐν ποίῳ ὀνόματι 1 in what name Here, **name** refers figuratively to authority. Alternate translation: “by what authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 4 7 a261 figs-youdual ὑμεῖς 1 you Since the council members are speaking to two men, **you** would be dual if your language uses that form. (All other pronouns in this account that refer to Peter and John would also be dual, such as **them** in its two instances in this verse.) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) +ACT 4 8 su5x figs-activepassive Πέτρος πλησθεὶς Πνεύματος Ἁγίου, εἶπεν 1 Peter, filled with the Holy Spirit, said If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. See how you translated the comparable expression in [2:4](../02/04.md). Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit filled Peter and he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 4 8 a262 figs-metaphor Πέτρος πλησθεὶς Πνεύματος Ἁγίου, εἶπεν 1 Peter, filled with the Holy Spirit, said Luke is speaking figuratively of Peter as if he were a container that the Holy Spirit **filled**. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit inspired Peter and he said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 4 8 a263 figs-merism ἄρχοντες τοῦ λαοῦ καὶ πρεσβύτεροι 1 Rulers of the people and elders Peter is addressing the entire council by referring to its two components. Some of the members had ruling responsibilities. Others, the **elders**, were added to the council to bring its total membership up to 70, since according to [Exodus 24:1](../exo/24/01.md), that was the number of elders who accompanied Moses when God confirmed the covenant with Israel at Mount Sinai. Alternate translation: “You members of the Sanhedrin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) +ACT 4 8 a264 figs-explicit τοῦ λαοῦ 1 of the people Here, **the people** means specifically the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “of the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 4 9 pq85 figs-irony εἰ ἡμεῖς σήμερον ἀνακρινόμεθα ἐπὶ εὐεργεσίᾳ ἀνθρώπου ἀσθενοῦς, ἐν τίνι οὗτος σέσωσται 1 if we are being questioned today concerning a good deed to a sick man, by what means he was made well Peter is not suggesting seriously that the subject of the questioning is uncertain. He knows the subject, but he is suggesting ironically that it is uncertain so that he can describe it from his own perspective. The council asked by what power or authority he and John did “this,” implying that “this” was something bad, a public disturbance that troubled the authorities. In response, Peter asserts that “this” was instead something good, **a good deed to a sick man**. If it would be helpful to your readers, in your translation you could indicate the meaning that Peter is communicating through this irony. Alternate translation: “what we actually did was a good deed for a sick man, and if you want to know by what means he was made well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-irony]]) +ACT 4 9 je6d figs-activepassive ἡμεῖς…ἀνακρινόμεθα 1 we are being questioned If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “you are questioning us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 4 9 b92n figs-activepassive οὗτος σέσωσται 1 he was made well If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “he became healthy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 4 10 snd5 figs-activepassive γνωστὸν ἔστω πᾶσιν ὑμῖν καὶ παντὶ τῷ λαῷ Ἰσραὴλ 1 let it be known to you all and to all the people of Israel The word translated **known** is an adjective, so this is not a passive verbal form. However, if your language does not use passive forms, it might be clearer for your readers to use an expression that does not seem to be a passive verbal form. Alternate translation: “then we want you and all the people of Israel to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 4 10 j3px writing-pronouns πᾶσιν ὑμῖν 1 to you all The pronoun **you** refers to the council members. Alternate translation: “to all of you council members” or “to all of you who are questioning us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ACT 4 10 khn7 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι 1 in the name Here, **name** refers figuratively to power and authority. Alternate translation: “through the power” or “by the authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 4 10 a265 translate-names Ἰησοῦ Χριστοῦ τοῦ Ναζωραίου 1 of Jesus Christ the Nazarene See how you translated this in [2:22](../02/22.md) and [3:6](../03/06.md). Alternate translation: “of Jesus Christ of Nazareth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 4 10 a266 figs-synecdoche ὃν ὑμεῖς ἐσταυρώσατε 1 whom you crucified It was the Romans who literally crucified Jesus, but Peter says figuratively that these Jewish leaders crucified him because their demands led to his death. See how you translated the similar expression in [2:23](../02/23.md). Alternate translation: “whom you demanded to be crucified” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ACT 4 10 jyj6 figs-idiom ὃν ὁ Θεὸς ἤγειρεν ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 whom God raised from the dead As in [2:24](../02/24.md), the idiom **raised up** means that God made Jesus alive again after he died. Alternate translation: “whom God made alive again after he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 4 10 a267 figs-nominaladj ἐκ νεκρῶν 1 from the dead Peter is using the adjective **dead** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “from among those who have died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +ACT 4 11 nwg6 writing-pronouns οὗτός 1 He The pronoun **He** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ACT 4 11 w195 figs-metaphor ὁ λίθος ὁ ἐξουθενηθεὶς ὑφ’ ὑμῶν, τῶν οἰκοδόμων, ὁ γενόμενος εἰς κεφαλὴν γωνίας 1 the stone that was rejected by you, the builders, which has been made into the head of the corner Peter is quoting from [Psalm 118:22](../psa/118/22.md), and the quotation contains a metaphor. This psalm is figuratively describing the Messiah as if he were a stone that builders chose not to use. This means that people will reject him. When the psalm says that this stone became the cornerstone, this means figuratively that God will nevertheless make the Messiah the ruler of these people. However, since this is a quotation from Scripture, we recommend that you translate the words directly rather than providing a non-figurative explanation of them, even if your language does not customarily use such figures of speech. If you want to explain the meaning of the metaphor, we recommend that you do that in a footnote rather than in the Bible text. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 4 11 c1bh figs-activepassive ὁ ἐξουθενηθεὶς ὑφ’ ὑμῶν, τῶν οἰκοδόμων 1 that was rejected by you, the builders If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “that you, the builders, rejected” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 4 11 f1nx figs-idiom κεφαλὴν γωνίας 1 the head of the corner The phrase **the head of the corner** is an idiom that refers to a large stone with straight edges that builders would place down first and use as a reference to make sure that the walls of a stone building were straight and that the building was oriented in the right direction. Your language may have its own term for such a stone. You could also use a general expression. Alternate translation: “the cornerstone” or “the reference stone for the whole building” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 4 12 a268 figs-doublenegatives οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν ἄλλῳ οὐδενὶ ἡ σωτηρία 1 there is no salvation in anyone else In Greek this is a double negative for emphasis, “there is no salvation in no one else.” The second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. If for emphasis your language uses double negatives that do not cancel one another, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. You could also state the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “he is the only one in whom there is salvation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) +ACT 4 12 tq3z figs-abstractnouns οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν ἄλλῳ οὐδενὶ ἡ σωτηρία 1 there is no salvation in anyone else If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **salvation** with a verb such as “save.” Alternate translation: “he is the only one who is able to save” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ACT 4 12 l66w figs-activepassive οὐδὲ…ὄνομά ἐστιν ἕτερον ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανὸν τὸ δεδομένον 1 there is no other name under heaven given If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God has not given any other name under heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 4 12 iz7k figs-metonymy οὐδὲ…ὄνομά ἐστιν ἕτερον…ἐν ᾧ δεῖ σωθῆναι ἡμᾶς 1 there is no other name…by which we must be saved Here, **name** figuratively represents a person, by association with the way that each person has a name. Alternate translation: “there is no other person…by whom we must be saved” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 4 12 jm25 figs-idiom ὑπὸ τὸν οὐρανὸν 1 under heaven This is an idiom. See how you translated it in [2:5](../02/05.md).Alternate translation: “on earth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 4 12 a269 figs-gendernotations ἐν ἀνθρώποις 1 among men Peter is using the term **men** in a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “among people” or “to people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +ACT 4 12 gg8h figs-activepassive ἐν ᾧ δεῖ σωθῆναι ἡμᾶς 1 by which we must be saved If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “that can save us” or, if you translate “name” as “person,” “who can save us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 4 12 tdw8 figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς 1 we Peter is using the word **we** to refer to himself and his listeners, so use the inclusive form of that word if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ACT 4 13 r6d6 figs-idiom θεωροῦντες 1 seeing Luke is using the word **seeing** idiomatically to mean that the council members noticed this and found it significant. Alternate translation: “taking note of” or “impressed with” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 4 13 t6kc figs-abstractnouns τὴν τοῦ Πέτρου παρρησίαν καὶ Ἰωάννου 1 the boldness of Peter and John Here the abstract noun **boldness** refers to the way in which Peter and John responded to the Jewish leaders. It can be translated with an adverb or an adjective. Alternate translation: “how boldly Peter and John had spoken” or “how bold Peter and John were” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ACT 4 13 qaa5 figs-explicit καταλαβόμενοι 1 realizing The implication is that the Jewish leaders realized this because of the way Peter and John spoke. Alternate translation: “realizing from the way they spoke” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 4 13 xn39 writing-pronouns ἐθαύμαζον; ἐπεγίνωσκόν τε αὐτοὺς, ὅτι σὺν τῷ Ἰησοῦ ἦσαν 1 they marveled, and they recognized them, that they had been with Jesus Here the pronoun **they** refers in its first two instances to the council members, and in its third instance it refers to Peter and John, as does the pronoun **them**. It may be helpful to your readers to clarify this and to state the meaning here more concisely. Alternate translation: “the council members marveled, and they recognized that Peter and John had been with Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ACT 4 13 erv7 figs-doublet ἄνθρωποι ἀγράμματοί εἰσιν καὶ ἰδιῶται 1 they were uneducated and ordinary men The words **uneducated** and **ordinary** mean similar things. Both words indicate that Peter and John had no formal education. Luke uses them together for emphasis, to express from the council members’ perspective how amazed they were. Alternate translation: “they had no formal education at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +ACT 4 14 h3cy figs-activepassive τόν…ἄνθρωπον…τὸν τεθεραπευμένον 1 the man who had been healed If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the man whom Peter and John had healed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 4 14 a270 writing-pronouns σὺν αὐτοῖς ἑστῶτα, τὸν τεθεραπευμένον, οὐδὲν εἶχον 1 standing with them, they had nothing The pronoun **them** refers to Peter and John, and the pronoun **they** refers to the council members. It may be helpful to your readers to clarify this. Alternate translation: “standing with Peter and John, the council members had nothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ACT 4 14 fq4w figs-explicit οὐδὲν εἶχον ἀντειπεῖν 1 they had nothing to say in opposition The implication is that anything the council members said **in opposition** would have been in an attempt to discredit the claim that the man had been healed in the name of Jesus. But there was nothing they could say, since the evidence that the claim was true was right in front of them, in the person of the formerly lame man standing on his own. Alternate translation: “they had nothing to say to discredit the account” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 4 15 ql31 writing-pronouns κελεύσαντες…αὐτοὺς ἔξω τοῦ Συνεδρίου ἀπελθεῖν, συνέβαλλον πρὸς ἀλλήλους 1 having commanded them to go outside the Sanhedrin, they conferred among themselves The pronoun **them** refers at least to Peter and John, and probably also to the man who was healed, while the pronoun **they** refers to the council members. It may be helpful to your readers to clarify this. Alternate translation: “having commanded Peter and John and the man who was healed to go outside the Sanhedrin, the council members conferred among themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ACT 4 15 a271 translate-names τοῦ Συνεδρίου 1 the Sanhedrin **Sanhedrin** is the name of the Jewish ruling council. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 4 15 a272 figs-metonymy τοῦ Συνεδρίου 1 the Sanhedrin Luke is figuratively using the name of the Jewish ruling council to mean by association the meeting place of that council. Alternate translation: “the place where the Sanhedrin met” or “the council chamber” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 4 16 p4g6 figs-rquestion τί ποιήσωμεν τοῖς ἀνθρώποις τούτοις? 1 What should we do to these men? This could mean: (1) The Jewish leaders may be using the question form to express their frustration because they realize that they cannot punish Peter and John. As [4:21](../04/21.md) indicates explicitly, and as the leaders suggest here, they are afraid of how the people might respond if they do. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “It is very difficult to know what we should do to these men!” (2) The leaders may be asking one another a genuine question, because ultimately they do decide to do something to Peter and John. They warn them not to speak or teach in the name of Jesus, with an implied threat of punishment if they do. In that case it would be accurate to translate this as a question. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ACT 4 16 jn12 figs-hyperbole πᾶσιν τοῖς κατοικοῦσιν Ἰερουσαλὴμ 1 everyone who lives in Jerusalem This is a generalization that the leaders are making to emphasize how widely the news of the healing has spread. Alternate translation: “people who live throughout Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +ACT 4 16 nh5s γνωστὸν σημεῖον 1 a notable sign Here the word **sign** has the same sense that it has in the phrase “wonders and signs” in [2:22](../02/22.md) and [2:43](../02/43.md). It means a miracle. Alternate translation: “a remarkable miracle” +ACT 4 17 a273 figs-activepassive ἵνα μὴ ἐπὶ πλεῖον διανεμηθῇ 1 so that it may not be spread If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “so that it does not spread” or “so that they will not spread it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 4 17 f71l figs-explicit ἵνα μὴ ἐπὶ πλεῖον διανεμηθῇ 1 so that it may not be spread By **it**, the council members do not mean the news of the man’s healing, since they have already said that everyone in Jerusalem knows about it. They mean the teaching that Jesus is Messiah, since they then try to prevent this from spreading by not allowing the apostles to speak to anyone about Jesus. Alternate translation: “so that this teaching about Jesus does not spread” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 4 17 a274 ἐπὶ πλεῖον 1 unto more Alternate translation: “any further” +ACT 4 17 w52j figs-metonymy λαλεῖν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ 1 to speak in this name Here, **name** figuratively represents a person, by association with the way that each person has a name. Alternate translation: “to speak about this person Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 4 17 a275 figs-doublenegatives μηκέτι λαλεῖν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ μηδενὶ ἀνθρώπων 1 no longer to speak in this name to any of men In Greek this is a double negative for emphasis, “no longer to speak in this name to none of men.” The second negative does not cancel the first to create a positive meaning. If for emphasis your language uses double negatives that do not cancel one another, it would be appropriate to use that construction here. You could also state the meaning positively. Alternate translation: “to stop speaking in this name to any of men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) +ACT 4 17 a276 figs-gendernotations μηδενὶ ἀνθρώπων 1 to any of men Here, **men** has a generic sense that includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “to any person” or “to anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +ACT 4 18 a277 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 So Luke uses the word translated **And** to introduce what the council members did as a result of their discussion. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ACT 4 18 a278 writing-pronouns καλέσαντες αὐτοὺς, παρήγγειλαν 1 summoning them, they commanded them The pronoun **them** refers in both instances to Peter and John, and the pronoun **they** refers to the council members. It may be helpful to your readers to clarify this. Alternate translation: “summoning Peter and John, the council members commanded them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ACT 4 18 a279 figs-doublet μὴ φθέγγεσθαι μηδὲ διδάσκειν 1 neither to speak nor to teach The words **speak** and **teach** mean similar things. The council members may be using them together for emphasis. Alternate translation: “not to say anything publicly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +ACT 4 18 a280 figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 in the name of Jesus Here, **name** figuratively represents a person, by association with the way that each person has a name. Alternate translation: “about this person Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 4 19 a281 figs-hendiadys ὁ…Πέτρος καὶ Ἰωάννης ἀποκριθέντες εἶπον 1 answering, Peter and John said Together the words **answering** and **said** mean that Peter and John responded to the council. Alternate translation: “Peter and John responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) +ACT 4 19 a282 figs-explicit ὁ…Πέτρος καὶ Ἰωάννης ἀποκριθέντες εἶπον 1 answering, Peter and John said This could mean: (1) Peter and John may have each said different parts of the quotation in [4:19–20](../04/19.md). (2) Peter may have spoken these words on behalf of both of them, since the Holy Spirit had inspired him to speak to the council in [4:8–12](../04/08.md). Alternate translation: “Peter responded on their behalf” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 4 19 jf1d figs-metonymy εἰ δίκαιόν ἐστιν ἐνώπιον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 Whether it is right before God Here the phrase **before God** refers to God’s opinion, by association with the way that God would assess anything that came to his attention in front of him. Alternate translation: “Whether God thinks it is right” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 4 19 a283 figs-idiom ὑμῶν ἀκούειν μᾶλλον ἢ τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 to listen to you rather than to God Here, **listen** is an idiom that means “obey.” Alternate translation: “to obey you rather than God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 4 20 a284 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For Peter and John are using the word **For** to introduce the reason why the council needs to judge whether it would be right for them to obey the council rather than God. Alternate translation: “The reason why you must judge whom we should obey is that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ACT 4 20 hf3u figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς…εἴδαμεν καὶ ἠκούσαμεν 1 we…we have seen and heard Peter and John are using the word **we** to refer to themselves but not to their listeners, so use the exclusive form of the word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ACT 4 20 a285 figs-doublenegatives οὐ δυνάμεθα…ἡμεῖς…μὴ λαλεῖν 1 we are not able not to speak You could state the meaning of this double negative positively. Alternate translation: “we must speak” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) +ACT 4 21 y5y1 writing-pronouns οἱ δὲ προσαπειλησάμενοι ἀπέλυσαν αὐτούς 1 having warned them further, they released them The pronoun **them** refers in both instances to Peter and John, and the pronoun **they** refers to the council members. It may be helpful to your readers to clarify this. Alternate translation: “having warned Peter and John further, the council members released them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ACT 4 21 z2bx figs-explicit διὰ τὸν λαόν 1 on account of the people The implication is that the Jewish leaders were afraid that the people would riot if they punished Peter and John. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. It may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “They were afraid that if they did punish Peter and John, the people would riot” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 4 21 jbl6 figs-hyperbole πάντες ἐδόξαζον τὸν Θεὸν 1 they were all glorifying God Here, **all** is a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “large numbers of them were glorifying God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +ACT 4 22 gy8d writing-background ἐτῶν γὰρ ἦν πλειόνων τεσσεράκοντα ὁ ἄνθρωπος, ἐφ’ ὃν γεγόνει τὸ σημεῖον τοῦτο τῆς ἰάσεως 1 For the man to whom this sign of healing had happened was more than 40 years old In this verse, Luke provides background information about the age of the man who was healed to help readers understand why the people considered his healing such a remarkable miracle. In your translation, present this background information in a way that would be natural in your own language and culture. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +ACT 4 22 a286 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For Luke is using the word **For** to introduce the reason why the people were glorifying God. Alternate translation: “The people were glorifying God because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ACT 4 22 ju4w figs-personification ὁ ἄνθρωπος, ἐφ’ ὃν γεγόνει τὸ σημεῖον τοῦτο τῆς ἰάσεως 1 the man to whom this sign of healing had happened Luke is speaking figuratively as if the **healing** had **happened** on its own. Alternate translation: “the man whom Peter and John had miraculously healed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ACT 4 22 a287 figs-possession τὸ σημεῖον τοῦτο τῆς ἰάσεως 1 this sign of healing Luke is using the possessive form to describe a **sign** that consisted of a **healing**. The word **sign** has the same sense here that it has in the phrase “wonders and signs” in [2:22](../02/22.md) and [2:43](../02/43.md). It means a miracle. Alternate translation: “this miraculous healing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) +ACT 4 23 a288 figs-activepassive ἀπολυθέντες 1 having been released If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “after the council members had released Peter and John” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 4 23 a289 figs-go ἦλθον πρὸς τοὺς ἰδίους 1 they came to their own people In a context such as this, your language might say “went” instead of **came**. Alternate translation: “they went to their own people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-go]]) +ACT 4 23 j2cx figs-explicit τοὺς ἰδίους 1 their own people The phrase **their own people** refers to the community of believers in Jesus. Alternate translation: “the other believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 4 23 a290 figs-merism οἱ ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ οἱ πρεσβύτεροι 1 the chief priests and the elders As Peter does in [4:8](../04/08.md), here Luke is referring to the entire council by naming its two components. Alternate translation: “the members of the Sanhedrin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) +ACT 4 24 j3ap writing-pronouns οἱ…ἀκούσαντες…ἦραν 1 having heard, they raised The phrase **having heard** refers to the other believers, but the pronoun **they** seems to include Peter and John as well, since those who pray ask for boldness to keep speaking the message about Jesus ([4:29](../04/29.md)). It may be helpful to clarify this for your readers. Alternate translation: “when the other believers heard this report, together with Peter and John they raised” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ACT 4 24 a291 ἦραν φωνὴν 1 they raised their voice Since Luke is referring to a group of people, it might be more natural in your language to use the plural form of **voice**. Alternate translation: “they raised their voices” +ACT 4 24 zu28 figs-idiom ἦραν φωνὴν 1 they raised their voice The expression **they raised their voice** is an idiom that means they spoke loudly. Alternate translation: “they prayed loudly” or “they prayed out loud” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 4 24 a292 ὁμοθυμαδὸν 1 unanimously The word **unanimously** indicates that the apostles and other believers shared a common commitment and purpose and that there was no strife among them. See how you translated the same expression in [1:14](../01/14.md). Alternate translation: “with one accord” or “harmoniously” +ACT 4 24 a293 figs-youformal σὺ 1 you The word **you** is singular and it refers to God. The same is true of the words “you” and “your” in [4:25–30](../04/25.md). You may have decided to use a formal form of “you” in your translation in such cases. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youformal]]) +ACT 4 24 a160 figs-merism ποιήσας τὸν οὐρανὸν, καὶ τὴν γῆν, καὶ τὴν θάλασσαν, καὶ πάντα τὰ ἐν αὐτοῖς 1 who made the heaven and the earth and the sea and all that is in them The believers are referring to all of creation by naming its components. Alternate translation: “who created everything that exists” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) +ACT 4 24 a294 τὸν οὐρανὸν 1 the heaven The believers are using the word translated **heaven** in one of its specific senses to mean the sky. Alternate translation: “the sky” +ACT 4 25 ka83 figs-metonymy ὁ τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν, διὰ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου στόματος Δαυεὶδ παιδός σου εἰπών 1 the one who said by the Holy Spirit from the mouth of our father David, your servant The word **mouth** refers figuratively to what David said by using his mouth. Alternate translation: “the one whose Holy Spirit inspired our father David, your servant, to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 4 25 vc5z figs-quotesinquotes τοῦ πατρὸς ἡμῶν, διὰ Πνεύματος Ἁγίου στόματος Δαυεὶδ παιδός σου εἰπών, ἵνα τί ἐφρύαξαν ἔθνη, καὶ λαοὶ ἐμελέτησαν κενά? 1 who said by the Holy Spirit from the mouth of our father David, your servant, ‘Why did the Gentiles rage, and the peoples imagine useless things?’ As the believers pray together, they quote from one of the psalms that David composed, [Psalm 2:1–2](../psa/02/01.md). If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “whose Holy Spirit inspired our father David, your servant, to ask why the Gentiles raged and why the peoples imagined useless things.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) +ACT 4 25 a295 figs-exclusive ἡμῶν 1 our The believers are using the word **our** to refer to themselves but not to God, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ACT 4 25 kat6 figs-metaphor τοῦ πατρὸς 1 father Here, **father** figuratively means “ancestor.” Alternate translation: “ancestor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 4 25 a296 παιδός 1 servant The believers are using the word **servant** here in its ordinary sense, not as a title for the Messiah, so it would not be appropriate to translate it as “Messiah,” as you may have done when it was a title in [3:13](../03/13.md) and [3:26](../03/26.md). +ACT 4 25 a297 figs-ellipsis ἵνα τί ἐφρύαξαν ἔθνη, καὶ λαοὶ ἐμελέτησαν κενά 1 Why did the Gentiles rage, and the peoples imagine useless things Here some words have been left out that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. You can supply these words from earlier in the sentence. Alternate translation: “Why did the Gentiles rage, and why did the peoples imagine useless things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ACT 4 25 a298 figs-parallelism ἵνα τί ἐφρύαξαν ἔθνη, καὶ λαοὶ ἐμελέτησαν κενά 1 Why did the Gentiles rage, and the peoples imagine useless things These two phrases mean basically the same thing. The second emphasizes the meaning of the first by repeating the same idea with different words. Hebrew poetry was based on this kind of repetition, and it would be good to show this to your readers by including both phrases in your translation rather than combining them. However, if the repetition might be confusing, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “Why did the Gentiles rage, indeed, why did the peoples imagine useless things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +ACT 4 25 f1x6 figs-rquestion ἵνα τί ἐφρύαξαν ἔθνη, καὶ λαοὶ ἐμελέτησαν κενά? 1 Why did the Gentiles rage, and the peoples imagine useless things? In this psalm, David uses the question form to emphasize the futility of opposing God. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “The Gentiles should not have raged, and the peoples should not have imagined useless things!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ACT 4 25 h6rc translate-names ἔθνη 1 the Gentiles **Gentiles** is the name for people groups that are not Jewish. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 4 25 w622 figs-explicit κενά 1 useless things The phrase **useless things** implicitly describes plans to oppose God, which can never succeed. Alternate translation: “ways to oppose God, which always prove useless” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 4 26 fb5a figs-quotesinquotes παρέστησαν οἱ βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς καὶ οἱ ἄρχοντες συνήχθησαν ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ κατὰ τοῦ Κυρίου, καὶ κατὰ τοῦ Χριστοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 The kings of the earth took their stand and the rulers were gathered to the same against the Lord and against his Christ This is the rest of the quotation from Psalm 2 that the believers started in [4:25](../04/25.md). If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this so that there is not a quotation within a quotation. Alternate translation: “David said that the kings of the earth had taken their stand and the rulers had gathered to the same against the Lord and against his Christ” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-quotesinquotes]]) +ACT 4 26 w2by figs-parallelism παρέστησαν οἱ βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς καὶ οἱ ἄρχοντες συνήχθησαν ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ 1 The kings of the earth took their stand and the rulers were gathered to the same In keeping with the conventions of Hebrew poetry, these two phrases mean basically the same thing. If the repetition might be confusing for your readers, you could connect the phrases with a word other than **and** in order to show that the second phrase is repeating the first one, not saying something additional. Alternate translation: “The kings of the earth took their stand, yes, the rulers were gathered to the same” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) +ACT 4 26 w64b figs-idiom παρέστησαν οἱ βασιλεῖς τῆς γῆς 1 The kings of the earth took their stand This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “The kings of the earth lined up their troops for battle” or “The kings of the earth formed their battle lines” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 4 26 a299 figs-activepassive οἱ ἄρχοντες συνήχθησαν 1 the rulers were gathered If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the rulers gathered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 4 26 a300 ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτὸ 1 to the same See the discussion of this phrase in Part 3 of the Introduction to Acts. Here it could mean: (1) Alternate translation: “by agreement” or (2) Alternate translation: “in the same place” +ACT 4 26 yv19 figs-explicit τοῦ Κυρίου…τοῦ Χριστοῦ αὐτοῦ 1 the Lord…his Christ Here the word **Lord** refers to God and the word **Christ** refers to the Messiah. Alternate translation: “God the Lord…his Messiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 4 27 a301 translate-names Ἡρῴδης 1 Herod **Herod** is the name of a man. He was the official who ruled Galilee during the time of Jesus. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 4 27 a302 translate-names Πόντιος Πειλᾶτος 1 Pontius Pilate This is the full name of the man who was the governor of Judea during the time of Jesus. See how you translated the name **Pilate** in [3:13](../03/13.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 4 27 b1g9 figs-activepassive συνήχθησαν 1 were gathered together If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “gathered together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 4 27 nuc1 figs-explicit ἐν τῇ πόλει ταύτῃ 1 in this city The phrase **this city** refers to Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “here in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 4 27 ca33 παῖδά 1 Servant Here the word **Servant** is a title for the Messiah. See the discussion of that term in the General Notes to chapter 3, and see how you translated it in [3:13](../03/13.md) and [3:26](../03/26.md). Alternate translation: “Messiah” +ACT 4 27 a303 figs-metaphor ὃν ἔχρισας 1 whom you anointed In the Old Testament, ceremonial oil was poured on a person who was being given the authority to assume an office or to do a special task. The believers are speaking figuratively of anointing to indicate that God appointed Jesus to be the Messiah. Alternate translation: “whom you appointed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 4 28 yz7m figs-metonymy ὅσα ἡ χείρ σου, καὶ ἡ βουλὴ σου προώρισεν γενέσθαι 1 all that your hand and your counsel had predetermined to happen Here, **hand** figuratively means God’s power and **counsel** figuratively means God’s plan. Alternate translation: “all that your power and your plan had predetermined to happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 4 28 a304 figs-hendiadys ὅσα ἡ χείρ σου, καὶ ἡ βουλὴ σου προώρισεν γενέσθαι 1 all that your hand and your counsel had predetermined to happen The words **hand** and **counsel**, joined by **and**, are expressing a single idea. The word **hand**, meaning “power,” tells by what means God intended to carry out his **counsel**, that is, his plan. Alternate translation: “all that you planned in advance to make happen by your power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) +ACT 4 28 a305 figs-personification ὅσα ἡ χείρ σου, καὶ ἡ βουλὴ σου προώρισεν γενέσθαι 1 all that your hand and your counsel had predetermined to happen The believers are speaking figuratively of God’s **hand** and his **counsel** (that is, his power and his plan) as if they had **predetermined** what would happen to Jesus. They mean that God himself had done this. Alternate translation: “all that you planned in advance to make happen by your power” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ACT 4 29 b38z καὶ τὰ νῦν 1 And now The believers use the expression **And now** to direct God’s attention to the request they are making in light of what they have said to this point in their prayer. In your translation, use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that is natural for this same purpose. +ACT 4 29 t5qm figs-idiom ἔπιδε ἐπὶ τὰς ἀπειλὰς αὐτῶν 1 look upon their threats The phrase **look upon** is an idiomatic way of asking God to pay attention to the threats that the Jewish leaders have made against the believers. Alternate translation: “pay attention to the threats they have made” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 4 29 a306 figs-123person τοῖς δούλοις σου 1 to your servants The believers are speaking of themselves in the third person. If that would be confusing to your readers, you can use the first person in your translation. Alternate translation: “to us, your servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) +ACT 4 29 zh7j figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον σου 1 your word The believers are using the term **word** figuratively to mean the message about Jesus that God has told them to share by using words. Alternate translation: “the message about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 4 29 a307 figs-abstractnouns μετὰ παρρησίας πάσης 1 with all boldness If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **boldness** with an adverb such as “boldly.” The word **all** is an intensifier. Alternate translation: “very boldly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ACT 4 30 x9r1 figs-metonymy ἐν τῷ τὴν χεῖρά σου, ἐκτείνειν σε εἰς ἴασιν, καὶ σημεῖα, καὶ τέρατα, γίνεσθαι 1 as you stretch out your hand to heal and for signs and wonders to happen Here the **hand** figuratively represents God’s power. To **stretch out** the hand means to use it. So this is a prayer for God to do powerful things. Alternate translation: “as you do powerful things to heal people and to make signs and wonders happen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 4 30 a308 figs-doublet σημεῖα, καὶ τέρατα 1 signs and wonders The terms **signs** and **wonders** mean similar things. Luke is using them together for emphasis. See how you translated the similar expression in [2:43](../02/43.md). Alternate translation: “great miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +ACT 4 30 t5uw figs-metonymy διὰ τοῦ ὀνόματος 1 through the name Here, **name** refers figuratively to authority. Alternate translation: “by the authority” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 4 30 txb5 παιδός 1 Servant Here the word **Servant** is a title for the Messiah. See the discussion of that term in the General Notes to chapter 3, and see how you translated it in [3:13](../03/13.md), [3:26](../03/26.md), and [4:27](../04/27.md). Alternate translation: “Messiah” +ACT 4 31 a309 writing-endofstory καὶ 1 And This verse is the end of the whole story of how the lame man was healed and how Peter and John were arrested as a result. Luke uses the word translated **And** to introduce information about what happened after the story as a result of the events within the story itself. You language may have its own way of indicating how such information relates to a story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) +ACT 4 31 a310 figs-activepassive ἐν ᾧ ἦσαν συνηγμένοι 1 in which they were gathered together If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “where they had gathered together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 4 31 x9b3 figs-activepassive ἐσαλεύθη 1 was shaken If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “shook” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 4 31 ps3m figs-activepassive ἐπλήσθησαν ἅπαντες τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύματος 1 they were all filled with the Holy Spirit If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. See how you translated the same expression in [2:4](../02/04.md). Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit filled them all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 4 31 a311 figs-metaphor ἐπλήσθησαν ἅπαντες τοῦ Ἁγίου Πνεύματος 1 they were all filled with the Holy Spirit Luke is speaking figuratively as if the believers were containers that the Holy Spirit **filled**. Alternate translation: “the Holy Spirit inspired them all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 4 31 a312 figs-metonymy τὸν λόγον τοῦ Θεοῦ 1 the word of God Luke is using the term **word** figuratively to mean the message that God wanted the believers to share by using words. Alternate translation: “the message from God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 4 31 a313 figs-abstractnouns μετὰ παρρησίας 1 with boldness If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **boldness** with an adverb such as “boldly.” Alternate translation: “boldly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ACT 4 32 a314 grammar-connect-time-background δὲ 1 Now Luke uses the word **Now** to introduce background information in [4:32–37](../04/32.md) that will help readers understand further episodes in the story. These verses introduce Barnabas, who will be an important character in the book, and they also help account for what happens to Ananias and Sapphira in the next chapter. You can translate the word **Now** with a term or phrase that serves the same purpose in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]]) +ACT 4 32 xu3j figs-metonymy ἦν καρδία καὶ ψυχὴ μία 1 was one in heart and soul Here the word **heart** seems to represent the emotions and the word **soul** seems to represent the desires. Alternate translation: “thought the same way and desired the same things” or see the next note for a further possibility. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 4 32 a315 figs-doublet ἦν καρδία καὶ ψυχὴ μία 1 was one in heart and soul The terms **heart** and **soul** mean similar things, and Luke may be using them together for emphasis. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine the terms in your translation. Alternate translation: “was genuinely united” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +ACT 4 32 a316 τῶν ὑπαρχόντων αὐτῷ 1 of the things that were to him Alternate translation: “of the things that he owned” +ACT 4 32 zyp5 figs-hyperbole ἦν αὐτοῖς πάντα κοινά 1 everything was common to them The word **everything** may be a generalization that emphasizes the powerful spirit of generosity among the believers. See how you translated the similar expression in [2:44](../02/44.md). Alternate translation: “they shared their belongings with one another” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +ACT 4 33 a317 figs-abstractnouns τῆς ἀναστάσεως τοῦ Κυρίου Ἰησοῦ 1 of the resurrection of the Lord Jesus If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **resurrection** with an adjective such as “alive.” Alternate translation: “of how God made the Lord Jesus alive again after he died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ACT 4 33 a318 writing-pronouns χάρις τε μεγάλη ἦν ἐπὶ πάντας αὐτούς 1 great grace was upon them all The pronoun **them** refers back to “the multitude of those who believed” in [4:32](../04/32.md). It does not refer just to the **apostles**, who are mentioned in this verse. Alternate translation: “great grace was upon all of the believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ACT 4 33 d8dr figs-abstractnouns χάρις τε μεγάλη ἦν ἐπὶ πάντας αὐτούς 1 great grace was upon them all If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **grace** with an equivalent expression. The word could mean: (1) It could describe how God was blessing the believers. Alternate translation: “God was blessing all of the believers in wonderful ways” (2) The word could describe how the people in Jerusalem held the believers in high esteem. Alternate translation: “the people of Jerusalem thought very highly of all the believers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ACT 4 34 a331 translate-versebridge οὐδὲ γὰρ ἐνδεής τις ἦν ἐν αὐτοῖς 1 For there was not anyone needy among them This statement expresses the result of the rest of what Luke says in this verse and what he says in the next verse. If it would be clearer in your language to put this result after the reasons for it, you could create a verse bridge by moving this statement to the end of the next verse and beginning it with the word “So” instead of **For**. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-versebridge]]) +ACT 4 34 a319 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 1 For Luke uses the word **For** in its first instance in this verse to introduce the evidence or reason for his statement at the end of the previous verse that “great grace was upon them all.” The meaning here depends on the meaning there. Alternate translation: (1) “The way God was blessing the believers could be seen in the fact that” or (2) “One thing that made the people think very highly of the believers was that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ACT 4 34 a320 grammar-connect-logic-result γὰρ 2 for Luke uses the word **for** in its second instance in this verse to introduce the reason why no one in the community of believers was needy. Alternate translation: “and the reason for this was that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ACT 4 34 gw3v figs-hyperbole ὅσοι γὰρ κτήτορες χωρίων ἢ οἰκιῶν ὑπῆρχον 1 all who were owners of lands or houses The word **all** is a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “many believers who owned lands or houses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +ACT 4 34 l938 figs-activepassive τὰς τιμὰς τῶν πιπρασκομένων 1 the price of the things being sold If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the money that they received from the things they sold” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 4 35 a321 figs-idiom ἐτίθουν παρὰ τοὺς πόδας τῶν ἀποστόλων 1 they were laying it at the feet of the apostles The expression **laying it at the feet** is an idiom. Alternate translation: “they were putting it on the ground in front of the apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 4 35 vv4z translate-symaction ἐτίθουν παρὰ τοὺς πόδας τῶν ἀποστόλων 1 they were laying it at the feet of the apostles In this culture, putting the money on the ground in front of the apostles was a symbolic way of presenting it to them as a gift to be used to help others in the community. If there is a comparable symbolic action in your culture, you could use that in your translation. You could also use a general expression. Alternate translation: “they were presenting it to the apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) +ACT 4 35 a322 figs-activepassive διεδίδετο 1 it was being distributed If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “the apostles were distributing it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 4 35 ps4s figs-abstractnouns ἑκάστῳ, καθότι ἄν τις χρείαν εἶχεν 1 to each one, according as anyone had need If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **need** with a verb such as “need.” Alternate translation: “to every person in the amount that he needed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ACT 4 36 uc2a writing-participants Ἰωσὴφ δὲ 1 Then Joseph Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) +ACT 4 36 a323 translate-names Ἰωσὴφ…Βαρναβᾶς 1 Joseph…Barnabas **Joseph** and **Barnabas** are two names for the same man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 4 36 a324 figs-activepassive ὁ ἐπικληθεὶς Βαρναβᾶς, ἀπὸ τῶν ἀποστόλων 1 who was called Barnabas by the apostles If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “whom the apostles called Barnabas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 4 36 a325 figs-activepassive ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον, υἱὸς παρακλήσεως 1 which, being translated, is Son of Encouragement If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning of the passive verbal form **being translated** with an active form. Alternate translation: “which means Son of Encouragement” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 4 36 a326 figs-explicit ὅ ἐστιν μεθερμηνευόμενον, υἱὸς παρακλήσεως 1 which, being translated, is Son of Encouragement Luke assumes that his readers will know that he is saying what the name Barnabas means when **translated** from the Aramaic language. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “which means Son of Encouragement in Aramaic” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 4 36 nr4v figs-idiom υἱὸς παρακλήσεως 1 Son of Encouragement The expression **Son of** figuratively describes a person who shares the qualities of something. The apostles used this name to describe Joseph’s behavior and character, since he was a person who encouraged others. Alternate translation: “the Encourager” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 4 36 a327 figs-abstractnouns υἱὸς παρακλήσεως 1 Son of Encouragement If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **Encouragement** with a verb such as “encourage.” Alternate translation: “the One who Encourages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ACT 4 36 a328 translate-names Λευείτης 1 a Levite The name **Levite** describes a person from the tribe of Levi. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 4 36 a329 translate-names Κύπριος 1 Cyprus **Cyprus** is the name of an island. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 4 37 a330 ὑπάρχοντος αὐτῷ 1 that was to him See how you translated the similar expression in [4:32](../04/32.md). Alternate translation: “that he owned” +ACT 4 37 gtv5 translate-symaction ἔθηκεν παρὰ τοὺς πόδας τῶν ἀποστόλων 1 laid it at the feet of the apostles See how you translated the similar expression in [4:35](../04/35.md). Alternate translation: “presented it to the apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) +ACT 5 intro k2uh 0 # Acts 05 General Notes

## Special concepts in this chapter

### “Why has Satan filled your heart for you to lie to the Holy Spirit?” (5:3)

No one knows for sure whether Ananias and Sapphira were truly Christians when they decided to lie about the land that they sold (5:1-10), because Luke does not say. However, Peter knew that they lied to the believers, and he knew that they had listened to and obeyed Satan. When they lied to the believers, they also lied to the Holy Spirit. This is because the Holy Spirit lives inside believers.

## Possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### Long sentences

Acts 5:36 consists of a single long sentence. ULT represents all of it as a single sentence. It may be clearer in your translation to divide it into several sentences, as UST does.

There is also a long sentence that goes from the beginning of 5:38 to nearly the end of 5:39. In this case as well it may be clearer in your translation to divide it into several sentences, as UST does. +ACT 5 1 v27a writing-participants ἀνὴρ δέ τις 1 Now a certain man Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) +ACT 5 1 ysl9 translate-names Ἁνανίας 1 Ananias **Ananias** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 5 1 a332 writing-participants σὺν Σαπφείρῃ τῇ γυναικὶ αὐτοῦ 1 with Sapphira his wife Luke uses this phrase to introduce another new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) +ACT 5 1 a333 translate-names Σαπφείρῃ 1 Sapphria **Sapphira** is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 5 2 a334 figs-explicit ἐνοσφίσατο ἀπὸ τῆς τιμῆς 1 he kept back from the price The implication, as the story later makes clear, is that Ananias did not tell anyone except his wife that he was keeping some of the money for himself. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly, and you could say why he did this. Alternate translation: “he kept some of the money from the sale for himself, but he did not admit that he was doing that, because he wanted everyone to think he was being completely generous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 5 2 xm1t συνειδυίης καὶ τῆς γυναικός, καὶ ἐνέγκας μέρος τι…ἔθηκεν 1 his wife also knowing, and bringing a certain portion, he laid It may be helpful to make two new sentences here, particularly if you add information to the previous phrase as suggested in the preceding note. Alternate translation: “His wife also knew that he was keeping back part of the sale money. He brought a certain portion of the money and laid it” +ACT 5 2 dy8b figs-idiom παρὰ τοὺς πόδας τῶν ἀποστόλων ἔθηκεν 1 he laid it at the feet of the apostles This means that he presented to money to the apostles. See how you translated the same expression in [4:37](../04/37.md). Alternate translation: “he presented it to the apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 5 3 grr9 figs-rquestion διὰ τί ἐπλήρωσεν ὁ Σατανᾶς τὴν καρδίαν σου, ψεύσασθαί σε τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον, καὶ νοσφίσασθαι ἀπὸ τῆς τιμῆς τοῦ χωρίου? 1 why has Satan filled your heart for you to lie to the Holy Spirit and to keep back from the price of the land? Peter is using the question form to rebuke Ananias. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “you should not have let Satan fill your heart so that you lied to the Holy Spirit and kept back from the price of the land!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ACT 5 3 pqd4 figs-metaphor διὰ τί ἐπλήρωσεν ὁ Σατανᾶς τὴν καρδίαν σου 1 why has Satan filled your heart Peter is speaking figuratively of the **heart** of Ananias as if it were a container that Satan had **filled**. Alternate translation: “why have you allowed Satan to influence your heart so strongly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 5 3 a335 figs-metaphor τὴν καρδίαν σου 1 your heart Here, the **heart** figuratively represents the thoughts and motives. Alternate translation: “your thoughts and motives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 5 3 a426 figs-events ψεύσασθαί σε τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον, καὶ νοσφίσασθαι ἀπὸ τῆς τιμῆς τοῦ χωρίου 1 for you to lie to the Holy Spirit and to keep back from the price of the land Ananais first withheld some of the money, then he lied to the Holy Spirit about this by pretending he was giving all of the money. To make this clear in your translation, it may be helpful to describe the events in that order. Alternate translation: “for you to keep back from the price of the land and lie to the Holy Spirit” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]]) +ACT 5 3 zz5u figs-metonymy ψεύσασθαί σε τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον 1 for you to lie to the Holy Spirit Ananias did not lie literally to the Holy Spirit, but he did lie to the apostles and to all of the believers who would have learned about his gift, and the Holy Spirit was present in them. So by lying to them, he was effectively also lying to the Holy Spirit. Alternate translation: “for you to lie to the Holy Spirit, who is present in us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 5 3 a336 figs-explicit καὶ νοσφίσασθαι ἀπὸ τῆς τιμῆς 1 and to keep back from the price of the land The implication of what Peter says here is that Ananias claimed or pretended that he was giving the entire amount that he had received from selling his land. Alternate translation: “by pretendng that you were giving us the entire amount when you had kept back some for yourself” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 5 4 vu7g figs-rquestion οὐχὶ μένον σοὶ ἔμενεν, καὶ πραθὲν ἐν τῇ σῇ ἐξουσίᾳ ὑπῆρχεν? 1 While it remained, did it not remain yours, and being sold, was it not in your authority? Peter continues to use the question form to rebuke Ananias. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this as a statement. Alternate translation: “While it remained, it remained yours, and after it was sold, it was still in your authority.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ACT 5 4 vi8w ἔμενεν 1 While it remained Alternate translation: “While it remained unsold” or “Before you sold it” +ACT 5 4 k7nc figs-activepassive πραθὲν 1 being sold If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “once you had sold it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 5 4 a337 writing-pronouns ἐν τῇ σῇ ἐξουσίᾳ ὑπῆρχεν 1 was it not in your authority The pronoun **it** refers to the money that Ananias received from the sale of the land. Alternate translation, as a statement: “you could still do whatever you wanted with the money you received” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ACT 5 4 a338 writing-pronouns ἐν τῇ σῇ ἐξουσίᾳ ὑπῆρχεν 1 was it not in your authority The implications are that Ananias was not obligated to give all of the money to the apostles. He was free to keep some if he wished or if he needed it. He could simply have acknowledged that he was doing that, and giving the rest of the money would still have been a generous act because there was no compulsion. Alternate translation, as a statement: “you could have kept some and acknowledged that and you would have still been making a generous gift” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ACT 5 4 i5dw figs-rquestion τί ὅτι ἔθου ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου τὸ πρᾶγμα τοῦτο? 1 How is it that you placed this thing in your heart? Peter continues to us the question form to rebuke Ananias. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should not have placed this thing in your heart!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ACT 5 4 a339 figs-metaphor τί ὅτι ἔθου ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου τὸ πρᾶγμα τοῦτο? 1 How is it that you placed this thing in your heart? Here, the **heart** figuratively represents the thoughts. Alternate translation, as an exclamation: “You should not have placed this thing in your thoughts!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 5 4 a340 figs-metaphor τί ὅτι ἔθου ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ σου τὸ πρᾶγμα τοῦτο? 1 How is it that you placed this thing in your heart? Peter speaks figuratively of **this thing**, that is, the plan to keep back some of the money, as if Ananias had **placed** it his **heart**, meaning his thoughts. Alternate translation, as an exclamation: “You should not even have thought of doing such a thing!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 5 4 a341 figs-metonymy οὐκ ἐψεύσω ἀνθρώποις, ἀλλὰ τῷ Θεῷ 1 You have not lied to men, but to God Ananaias actually has **lied to men**, but Peter is speaking of the ultimate implications of his act. As in the previous verse, where Peter says that Ananias has lied to the Holy Spirit, here he means that Ananias has lied to the apostles and other believers, and God is present in them. So by lying to them, he has effectively also lied to God. Alternate translation: “You have not lied merely to men, you have also lied to God, who is present in us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 5 4 a342 figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώποις 1 to men Peter is using the term **men** in a generic sense to mean “human beings.” Alternate translation: “to human beings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +ACT 5 5 a343 figs-metonymy ἀκούων δὲ…τοὺς λόγους τούτους 1 And hearing these words Luke is using the term **words** figuratively to mean what Peter used words to say. Alternate translation: “When he heard what Peter said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 5 5 cc5y figs-euphemism πεσὼν ἐξέψυξεν 1 falling down, expired The word translated **expired** means that Ananias “breathed out for the last time.” It is a mild way of saying that he died. Alternate translation: “fell down and died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) +ACT 5 5 a344 figs-events πεσὼν ἐξέψυξεν 1 falling down, expired Ananias fell down because he died. He did not die because he fell down. To make this clear in your translation, it may be helpful to say first that he died and then that he fell. Alternate translation: “died and fell to the ground” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]]) +ACT 5 5 a345 figs-personification ἐγένετο φόβος μέγας ἐπὶ πάντας τοὺς ἀκούοντας 1 great fear came upon all who heard Luke describes this **fear** figuratively as if it were a living thing that could come onto people. Here the word **fear** describes a deep respect for God. Alternate translation: “everyone who heard about it came to feel a very deep respect for God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ACT 5 6 a346 figs-idiom ἀναστάντες δὲ, οἱ νεώτεροι συνέστειλαν αὐτὸν 1 rising up, the young men wrapped him up Here the expression **rising up** means that the young men took an action that they recognized they needed to take. It does not mean that they stood up from a seated position. Alternate translation: “the young men took action and wrapped him up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 5 6 a347 figs-explicit οἱ νεώτεροι 1 the young men This could mean: (1) This may simply be a reference to some strong young men who were present who realized that burying Ananias was a task they could help with. Alternate translation: “some strong young men who were present” (2) It is possible that there was a group of young men among the believers who regularly helped the apostles with tasks that required physical strength. Alternate translation: “the young men who regularly helped the apostles with physical tasks” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 5 6 a348 translate-unknown συνέστειλαν αὐτὸν 1 wrapped him up It was the custom in this culture to wrap linen cloths around the bodies of people who had died, in order to prepare the bodies for burial. If your readers would not be familiar with such a custom, you could describe it more specifically, or you could use a general expression. Alternate translation: “wrapped a linen burial cloth around his body” or “prepared his body for burial” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) +ACT 5 7 a349 figs-idiom ἐγένετο δὲ ὡς ὡρῶν τριῶν διάστημα, καὶ 1 And an interval of about three hours happened, and This is an idiomatic way of speaking about time passing. Your language may have its own way of describing that. Alternate translation: “After about three hours had gone by,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 5 7 ry54 writing-pronouns ἡ γυνὴ αὐτοῦ 1 his wife The pronoun **his** refers to Ananias. Alternate translation: “the wife of Ananias” or “Sapphira” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ACT 5 7 k3c9 figs-explicit τὸ γεγονὸς 1 what had happened If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly what this means. Alternate translation: “that Peter had exposed their lie and that her husband was dead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 5 8 a350 ἀπεκρίθη…πρὸς αὐτὴν 1 said to her The word translated **said** means to continue or resume a conversation. Alternate translation: “asked her, based on what her husband had said” +ACT 5 8 a351 figs-youdual ἀπέδοσθε 1 you sold Since Peter is speaking of two people, Ananaias and Sapphira, **you** would be dual if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-youdual]]) +ACT 5 8 bcf6 figs-explicit τοσούτου… ναί, τοσούτου 1 for so much…yes, for so much This refers to the amount of money that Ananias had given to the apostles. Peter may be naming the amount or, as UST suggests, he may be showing Sapphira the money. Alternate translation: “for this amount of money…yes, for that amount of money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 5 9 v7sw figs-rquestion τί ὅτι συνεφωνήθη ὑμῖν πειράσαι τὸ Πνεῦμα Κυρίου? 1 How is it that it was agreed together by you to test the Spirit of the Lord? Peter is using the question form to rebuke Sapphira. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You should not have agreed together to test the Spirit of the Lord!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) +ACT 5 9 hc22 figs-activepassive συνεφωνήθη ὑμῖν 1 it was agreed together by you If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “you agreed together” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 5 9 w1lb figs-you ὑμῖν…σου…σε 1 by you…your…you The word **you** in its first instance refers to two people, Ananias and Sapphira, so it would be dual if your language uses that form. Otherwise, it would be plural. The word **your** and the word **you** in its second instance refer only to Sapphira, so those words are singular. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +ACT 5 9 pg1e πειράσαι τὸ Πνεῦμα Κυρίου 1 to test the Spirit of the Lord Here the word **test** means to challenge. Ananias and Sapphira were trying to see if they could get away with lying about how much they received for the land they sold. Alternate translation: “to challenge the Spirit of the Lord” +ACT 5 9 a352 figs-metonymy πειράσαι τὸ Πνεῦμα Κυρίου 1 to test the Spirit of the Lord Ananias and Sapphira actually tested or challenged the apostles, but Peter is speaking of the ultimate implications of their act, as he does similarly in [5:3](../05/03.md) and [5:4](../05/04.md). Since the Spirit of the Lord was present in the apostles, by challenging them, Ananias and Sapphira effectively lied to the Spirit. Alternate translation: “to test the Spirit of the Lord, who is present in us apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 5 9 a353 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ, οἱ πόδες 1 Behold, the feet Peter says **Behold** to get Sapphira to focus her attention on what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here in your translation. Alternate translation: “And now the feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 5 9 xj1l figs-metonymy οἱ πόδες τῶν θαψάντων τὸν ἄνδρα σου ἐπὶ τῇ θύρᾳ 1 the feet of those who buried your husband are at the door Peter is referring figuratively to the return of the young men who buried Ananaias. Their **feet** represent them, by association with they way they are using their feet to walk back. The **door** represents their return, by association with the way they will come through the door when they return. Alternate translation: “the young men who buried your husband are just now returning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 5 9 a354 figs-explicit οἱ πόδες τῶν θαψάντων τὸν ἄνδρα σου ἐπὶ τῇ θύρᾳ 1 the feet of those who buried your husband are at the door Peter is telling Sapphira implicitly that her husband died as a judgment from God when Peter confronted him with the lie about the price of the land. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “your husband died as a judgment from God when I confronted him with the lie you both told about the price of the land, and the young men who buried him are just now returning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 5 9 a355 figs-explicit καὶ ἐξοίσουσίν σε 1 and they will carry you out The implications are that Sapphira is also going to die and that the same young men will **carry** her **out** to bury her. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. It may be helpful to make this a separate sentence. Alternate translation: “You are also going to die as a judgment from God, and those same young men are going to carry you out and bury you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 5 10 s7en figs-euphemism ἔπεσεν…πρὸς τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐξέψυξεν 1 she fell down at his feet and expired The word translated **expired** means that Sapphira “breathed out for the last time.” It is a mild way of saying that she died. Alternate translation: “she fell down at his feet and died” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-euphemism]]) +ACT 5 10 a356 figs-events ἔπεσεν…πρὸς τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ, καὶ ἐξέψυξεν 1 she fell down at his feet and expired Sapphira fell down because she died. She did not die because she fell down. To make this clear in your translation, it may be helpful to to say first that she died and then that she fell. Alternate translation: “she died and fell down at his feet” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]]) +ACT 5 10 nwb9 figs-metonymy ἔπεσεν…πρὸς τοὺς πόδας αὐτοῦ 1 she fell down at his feet This means that she fell to the ground in front of Peter. This expression should not be confused with the idea of “falling down at a person’s feet,” that is, bowing down to the ground in front of someone as a sign of humility. Alternate translation: “she collapsed onto the ground in front of him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 5 10 a357 figs-explicit οἱ νεανίσκοι 1 the young men See how you translated this expression in [5:6](../05/06.md). However, it may not be necessary to explain again here who these **young men** were in terms of their role in the community. Instead, you could identify them by their role in the story. Alternate translation: “the same young men who had buried Ananias” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 5 11 vym8 writing-endofstory καὶ 1 And This verse is the end of the story about Ananias and Sapphira. Luke uses the word translated **And** to introduce information about what happened after the story as a result of the events within the story itself. You language may have its own way of indicating how such information relates to a story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) +ACT 5 11 a358 figs-personification ἐγένετο φόβος μέγας ἐφ’ ὅλην τὴν ἐκκλησίαν, καὶ ἐπὶ πάντας τοὺς ἀκούοντας ταῦτα 1 great fear came upon the whole church and upon all those hearing these things Luke describes this **fear** figuratively as if it were a living thing that could come onto people. See how you translated the similar expression in [5:5](../05/05.md). Alternate translation: “the whole church and everyone who heard about these things came to feel a very deep respect for God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ACT 5 12 c2e7 grammar-connect-time-background δὲ 1 And Luke uses the word translated **And** to introduce background information in [5:12–16](../05/12.md) that will help readers understand what happens next in the story. You can translate this word with a word or phrase that serves the same purpose in your language. Alternate translation: “Now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-background]]) +ACT 5 12 sri8 figs-metonymy διὰ…τῶν χειρῶν τῶν ἀποστόλων, ἐγίνετο σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα πολλὰ 1 many signs and wonders were happening through the hands of the apostles Luke is using the **hands** of the apostles figuratively to represent their actions. Alternate translation: “the apostles were doing many signs and wonders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 5 12 ux3n figs-doublet σημεῖα καὶ τέρατα 1 signs and wonders The terms **signs** and **wonders** mean similar things. Luke is using them together for emphasis. See how you translated this expression in [4:30](../04/30.md). Alternate translation: “great miracles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +ACT 5 12 aud2 writing-pronouns ἦσαν…πάντες 1 they were all The pronoun **they** refers to the whole community of believers. Alternate translation: “the whole community of believers was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ACT 5 12 a359 ὁμοθυμαδὸν 1 unanimously The word **unanimously** indicates that the apostles and other believers shared a common commitment and purpose and that there was no strife among them. See how you translated the same expression in [1:14](../01/14.md). Alternate translation: “meeting together with one accord” or “meeting together harmoniously” +ACT 5 12 k99k translate-names τῇ Στοᾷ Σολομῶντος 1 the Porch of Solomon This was a covered walkway that consisted of rows of pillars that supported a roof. It was named after King Solomon. See how you translated the phrase “the porch that is called Solomon’s” in [3:11](../03/11.md), which is a description of this same walkway. Alternate translation: “Solomon’s Porch” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 5 13 a360 figs-explicit τῶν…λοιπῶν, οὐδεὶς 1 none of the others The expression **the others** refers to people who were not believers in Jesus. Alternate translation: “none of the people who were not believers in Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 5 13 a361 figs-explicit ἐτόλμα κολλᾶσθαι αὐτοῖς 1 dared to join them If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly why no unbelievers **dared to join them**. The reason seems to be that the Jewish leaders had commanded the apostles not to speak or teach about Jesus ([4:18](../04/18.md)), but they were still doing that. Later in this chapter, in [5:28](../05/28.md), the Sanhedrin indicates that it has arrested the apostles for violating that command. Alternate translation: “would meet with them, because the apostles were still preaching about Jesus even though the Jewish leaders had commanded them not to do so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 5 14 a362 figs-metonymy μᾶλλον…προσετίθεντο πιστεύοντες τῷ Κυρίῳ 1 were being added to the Lord Luke says **the Lord** figuratively to mean the community of people who believed in the Lord. Alternate translation: “were being added to the church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 5 14 m9wx figs-activepassive μᾶλλον…προσετίθεντο πιστεύοντες τῷ Κυρίῳ 1 were being added to the Lord If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. See how you translated the similar expression in [2:41](../02/41.md). Alternate translation: “were becoming part of the church” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 5 14 a363 τῷ Κυρίῳ 1 the Lord Luke is referring to Jesus by a respectful title. Alternate translation: “Jesus” or “the Lord Jesus” +ACT 5 15 a364 grammar-connect-logic-result ὥστε 1 so that Luke says **so that** to introduce a result, but it is not the direct result of what he said just before, that many men and women became part of the church. It is the result of what he said in [5:12](../05/12.md), that the apostles were doing “many signs and wonders.” All of [5:12–15](../05/15.md) could be understood as a single sentence, and in that case what Luke says here would more clearly follow logically and grammatically from what he says in [5:12](../05/12.md). However, ULT divides the material into several sentences, which is another way in which it can be understood. UST models a way to show how what Luke says here introduces a result of what he said in [5:12](../05/12.md) about the “signs and wonders” that the apostles were doing. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ACT 5 15 l9bs writing-pronouns ἐκφέρειν 1 they…carried The pronoun **they** refers to the people who lived in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “people who lived in Jerusalem … carried” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ACT 5 15 a365 figs-nominaladj τοὺς ἀσθενεῖς 1 the sick Luke is using the adjective **sick** as a noun in order to indicate a group of people. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can translate this word with an equivalent phrase. Alternate translation: “people who were sick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +ACT 5 15 a366 figs-doublet κλιναρίων καὶ κραβάττων 1 cots and mats The words **cots** and **mats** mean similar things. Luke could be using them together for emphasis, although he could also be describing two different ways that people managed to make their sick relatives and friends reasonably comfortable as they waited in the streets for Peter to walk by. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine these terms in your translation. Alternate translation: “many kinds of improvised beds” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) +ACT 5 15 y2ev figs-explicit ἡ σκιὰ ἐπισκιάσῃ τινὶ αὐτῶν 1 his shadow might overshadow any one of them The implication is that God was healing sick people whom Peter’s shadow touched. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “his shadow might overshadow any one of them and God would heal that person” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 5 15 a367 ἡ σκιὰ ἐπισκιάσῃ τινὶ αὐτῶν 1 his shadow might overshadow Luke is using a construction in which the subject and verb come from the same root. You may be able to use the same construction in your language to express the meaning here. Alternatively, your language may have its own way of describing this. Alternate translation: “his shadow might fall on” +ACT 5 16 a368 figs-nominaladj ἀσθενεῖς 1 the sick See how you translated the expression **the sick** in [5:15](../05/15.md). Alternate translation: “people who were sick” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +ACT 5 16 fu1a figs-activepassive ὀχλουμένους ὑπὸ πνευμάτων ἀκαθάρτων 1 those afflicted by unclean spirits If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “those whom unclean spirits were afflicting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 5 16 lyc7 figs-activepassive οἵτινες ἐθεραπεύοντο ἅπαντες 1 who were all healed If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “and the apostles healed them all” or “and God used the apostles to heal them all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 5 16 a369 figs-hyperbole οἵτινες ἐθεραπεύοντο ἅπαντες 1 who were all healed It does not appear that **all** is a generalization for emphasis in this case. So it would not be accurate to treat **all** as figurative and say something like “and large numbers of them were healed.” Luke is describing what remarkable things God did through the apostles at this time, and he does seem to mean that every sick person whom the people brought to Jerusalem was healed. So it would be appropriate to say in your translation just what ULT says here. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +ACT 5 17 x2ed grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 But Luke uses the word **But** to introduce a strong contrast into the story. Your language may have its own way of introducing a contrasting narrative. You could also refer back to the previous action in order to highlight the contrast. Alternate translation: “But even though the apostles were doing so much good,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +ACT 5 17 f9ye figs-events ἀναστὰς…ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς καὶ πάντες οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ, ἡ οὖσα αἵρεσις τῶν Σαδδουκαίων, ἐπλήσθησαν ζήλου, 1 rising up, the high priest and all those with him (which is the sect of the Sadducees) were filled with jealousy The high priest and these Sadducees were first **filled with jealousy** and then they rose up (took action) against the apostles. To make this clear in your translation, it may be helpful to describe the events in that order. Alternate translation: “the high priest and all those with him (which is the sect of the Sadducees) were filled with jealousy and they rose up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]]) +ACT 5 17 pc45 figs-activepassive ἀναστὰς…ὁ ἀρχιερεὺς καὶ πάντες οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ, ἡ οὖσα αἵρεσις τῶν Σαδδουκαίων, ἐπλήσθησαν ζήλου, 1 rising up, the high priest and all those with him (which is the sect of the Sadducees) were filled with jealousy If it would be clearer in your language, you could use an active verbal form instead of the passive form **were filled**. Alternate translation: “jealousy filled the high priest and all those with him (which is the sect of the Sadducees) and they rose up” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 5 17 a370 figs-idiom ἀναστὰς 1 rising up Here the expression **rising up** means that the high priest decided to take action, not that he stood up from a seated position. Alternate translation: “taking action” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 5 17 a371 figs-explicit πάντες οἱ σὺν αὐτῷ, ἡ οὖσα αἵρεσις τῶν Σαδδουκαίων 1 all those with him (which is the sect of the Sadducees) The phrase **all those with him** means specifically all the other priests who joined the high priest in taking action against the apostles. Luke observes here that those other priests were from the group known as the **Sadducees**. As a note to [4:1](../04/01.md) explains, they opposed the apostles’ teaching because they did not believe in the resurrection. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and all of the priests from the group known as the Sadducees who wanted to oppose the apostles’ teaching because they did not believe in the resurrection” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 5 17 a372 figs-abstractnouns ἐπλήσθησαν ζήλου 1 were filled with jealousy If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **jealousy** with an adjective such as “jealous.” Alternate translation: “became very jealous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ACT 5 17 a373 figs-metaphor ἐπλήσθησαν ζήλου 1 were filled with jealousy Luke is speaking figuratively as if the high priest and his allies were containers that jealousy **filled**. Alternate translation: “became very jealous” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 5 18 j58p figs-metonymy ἐπέβαλον τὰς χεῖρας ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀποστόλους 1 they laid hands on the apostles The expression **laid hands on** figuratively means to arrest someone, by association with the way that arresting officers might physically take hold of a person with their **hands**. Alternate translation: “they arrested the apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 5 18 a374 figs-synecdoche ἐπέβαλον τὰς χεῖρας ἐπὶ τοὺς ἀποστόλους 1 they laid hands on the apostles The high priest and his allies did not arrest the apostles personally. They would have ordered the temple guards to arrest them. But Luke speaks figuratively as if the high priest and his allies did this action because they had a significant part in it by ordering it. Alternate translation: “they had the temple guards arrest the apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ACT 5 19 wd37 writing-pronouns ἐξαγαγών…αὐτοὺς 1 bringing them out The pronoun **them** refers to the apostles. Alternate translation: “bringing the apostles out” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ACT 5 20 qm16 figs-explicit ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 in the temple Only priests were allowed inside the temple building, so **the temple** means the courtyard around the temple. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 5 20 z1x3 figs-metonymy πάντα τὰ ῥήματα τῆς ζωῆς ταύτης 1 all the words of this life The angel is using the term **words** figuratively to mean the message that the apostles were to share by using words. Alternate translation: “the entire message about this life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 5 20 a375 τῆς ζωῆς ταύτης 1 of this life This could mean: (1) Alternate translation: “about the everlasting life that God gives through Jesus” or (2) Alternate translation: “about the new way of living that people can have as followers of Jesus” +ACT 5 21 a376 figs-idiom ἀκούσαντες 1 having heard this Luke may be using the word “hear” in an idiomatic sense to mean “obey.” Alternate translation: “in obedience to this command from the angel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 5 21 df1u figs-explicit εἰς τὸ ἱερὸν 1 into the temple Only priests were allowed inside the temple building, so **the temple** means the courtyard around the temple. Alternate translation: “into the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 5 21 l7uf figs-explicit ὑπὸ τὸν ὄρθρον 1 about daybreak The implication is that although the angel led the apostles out of the jail during the night, the sun was rising by the time they reached the temple courtyard. Alternate translation: “as it was beginning to get light” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 5 21 a377 grammar-connect-time-simultaneous δὲ 1 And Luke is using the word translated **And** to introduce other events that took place around the same time as the events he has just described. Alternate translation: “Meanwhile,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]]) +ACT 5 21 a378 figs-explicit παραγενόμενος 1 having arrived This does not mean that the high priest and his allies **arrived** in the temple courtyard where the apostles were. Rather, it means that they went into the chamber where the Sanhedrin met so that they could summon the rest of its members to join them there. Alternate translation: “having arrived in the council chamber” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 5 21 a379 figs-explicit τὸ Συνέδριον καὶ πᾶσαν τὴν Γερουσίαν τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ 1 the Sanhedrin, even all the elders of the sons of Israel The phrase **even all the elders of the sons of Israel** clarifies the name **Sanhedrin** by describing it membership. Luke is using the word **elders** here in a general sense to mean “leaders.” He is not making a distinction between “elders” and “rulers” as he does in [4:5](../04/0532.md). Alternate translation: “the Sanhedrin, which was composed of the leaders of the sons of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 5 21 a380 figs-metaphor τῶν υἱῶν Ἰσραήλ 1 the sons of Israel Here, **sons** figuratively means “descendants.” Luke is identifying the Israelites as descendants of their ancestor Jacob, who was also known as Israel. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 5 21 li6a figs-ellipsis ἀπέστειλαν εἰς τὸ δεσμωτήριον 1 sent to the prison Luke is leaving out a word that in many languages a sentence would need in order to be complete. He means that the high priest and his allies sent someone to the prison to get the apostles. Alternate translation: “sent someone to the prison” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ACT 5 23 a381 figs-activepassive τὸ δεσμωτήριον εὕρομεν κεκλεισμένον 1 We found the prison shut in all security and the guards If it would be clearer in your language, you could use an active verbal form in place of the passive form **shut**, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “We found that the guards had shut the prison in all security and we found the guards” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 5 23 a382 figs-abstractnouns ἐν πάσῃ ἀσφαλείᾳ 1 in all security If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **security** with an adverb such as “securely.” The word **all** is an intensifier. Alternate translation: “very securely” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ACT 5 23 a383 figs-explicit ἀνοίξαντες 1 having opened Your language may require you to specify the object of **opened**. Alternate translation: “once we opened the doors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 5 23 ld7d figs-hyperbole ἔσω οὐδένα εὕρομεν 1 we found no one inside By **no one**, the officers mean that they found none of the men they had been sent to bring, that is, none of the apostles. It is possible that other people were also being held in the prison, but the angel would not have released them and they would still have been inside. Alternate translation: “we did not find any of the apostles inside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +ACT 5 24 k5g6 figs-metonymy τοὺς λόγους τούτους 1 these words Luke is using the term **words** figuratively to mean the report that the officers gave. Alternate translation: “this report” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 5 24 baw2 writing-pronouns περὶ αὐτῶν 1 concerning them The pronoun **them** does not refer to the apostles but to the **words** that the officers spoke in giving their report. Alternate translation: “about the things the officers had told them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ACT 5 24 p78m figs-idiom τί ἂν γένοιτο τοῦτο 1 as to what this might become This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “wondering what would happen as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 5 25 a384 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ, οἱ ἄνδρες 1 Behold, the men This person says **Behold** to get the council members to focus their attention on what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here in your translation. Alternate translation: “Right now the men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 5 25 a8dz figs-you ἔθεσθε 1 you put Here the word **you** refers to the captain of the temple and the chief priests and so it is plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +ACT 5 25 c1am figs-explicit ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ, ἑστῶτες 1 standing in the temple Only priests were allowed inside the temple building, so **the temple** means the courtyard around the temple. Alternate translation: “standing in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 5 26 e24h writing-pronouns τότε ἀπελθὼν, ὁ στρατηγὸς σὺν τοῖς ὑπηρέταις ἦγεν αὐτούς, οὐ μετὰ βίας, ἐφοβοῦντο γὰρ τὸν λαόν, μὴ λιθασθῶσιν 1 Then the captain, going with the officers, brought them back, not with violence, for they feared the people, lest they stone them The first instance of **them** refers to the apostles, but the second instance of **them** refers to the captain and the officers. The captain and officers were not afraid that the people would stone the apostles. They were afraid that they would be stoned themselves if they used violence against the apostles. You could reword this to make the referents clear. It may be helpful to make this two sentences. Alternate translation: “Then the captain went with the officers and brought the apostles back. But the captain and officers did not use any violence, because they were afraid that the people would stone them if they did” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ACT 5 27 iq7w writing-pronouns ἀγαγόντες δὲ αὐτοὺς 1 And having brought them The pronoun **them** refers to the apostles in all three instances in this verse. It may be helpful to specify this here in the first instance. Alternate translation: “Once they had brought the apostles back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ACT 5 28 a385 παραγγελίᾳ παρηγγείλαμεν ὑμῖν 1 We commanded you with a command For emphasis, the high priest is using a construction in which a verb and its object come from the same root. If your language uses the same construction for emphasis, it would be appropriate to use it here in your translation. Other languages may have other ways of conveying this emphasis. Alternate translation: “we commanded you very strictly” +ACT 5 28 f7pz figs-you ὑμῖν…πεπληρώκατε…ὑμῶν…βούλεσθε 1 you…you have filled…your…you desire In this verse the words **you** and **your** refer to the apostles and so those words are plural. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +ACT 5 28 g2hi figs-metonymy ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ 1 in this name Here, **name** figuratively means the person of Jesus. See how you translated the similar expression in [4:17](../04/17.md). Alternate translation: “about this person Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 5 28 a386 figs-metaphor ἰδοὺ, πεπληρώκατε 1 behold, you have filled The high priest says **behold** to get the apostles to focus their attention on what he is about to say. Your language may have a similar expression that you can use here in your translation. Alternate translation: “nevertheless you have filled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 5 28 j4kr figs-metaphor πεπληρώκατε τὴν Ἰερουσαλὴμ τῆς διδαχῆς ὑμῶν 1 you have filled Jerusalem with your teaching The high priest is speaking figuratively of **Jerusalem** as if it were a container that the apostles had **filled** with their teaching. Alternate translation: “you have taught people who live in every part of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 5 28 a387 figs-metaphor βούλεσθε ἐπαγαγεῖν ἐφ’ ἡμᾶς 1 you desire to bring upon us The high priest is speaking figuratively as if the apostles wanted to put the blood of Jesus on him and his fellow Jewish leaders. Alternate translation: “you want to make us responsible for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 5 28 a388 figs-exclusive ἡμᾶς 1 us By **us**, the high priest means himself and his fellow Jewish leaders, but not the apostles to whom he is speaking, so use the exclusive form of that word in your translation if your language marks that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ACT 5 28 ym1k figs-metonymy τὸ αἷμα 1 the blood The high priest is using the term **blood** figuratively to mean death, by association with the way Jesus’ blood was shed when he died. Alternate translation: “the death” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 5 28 a389 figs-explicit τοῦ ἀνθρώπου τούτου 1 this man The phrase **this man** refers to Jesus. Alternate translation: “this man Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 5 29 a390 figs-hendiadys ἀποκριθεὶς…Πέτρος καὶ οἱ ἀπόστολοι εἶπαν 1 answering, Peter and the apostles said Together the words **answering** and **said** mean that Peter and the other apostles responded to the high priest. Alternate translation: “Peter and the apostles responded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hendiadys]]) +ACT 5 29 di9u figs-explicit Πέτρος καὶ οἱ ἀπόστολοι εἶπαν 1 Peter and the apostles said Luke seems to mean implicitly that Peter said what follows on behalf of all of the apostles. Alternate translation: “Peter said on behalf of all of the apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 5 29 a391 figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώποις 1 men Peter is using the term **men** in a generic sense to mean “human beings.” Alternate translation: “human beings” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +ACT 5 30 a392 figs-metaphor τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν 1 of our fathers Peter is using the term **fathers** figuratively to mean “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “of our ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 5 30 r7av figs-idiom ἤγειρεν Ἰησοῦν 1 raised up Jesus As in [2:24](../02/24.md), the idiom **raised up** means that God made Jesus alive again after he died. Alternate translation: “brought Jesus back to life” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 5 30 a393 figs-you ὃν ὑμεῖς διεχειρίσασθε 1 whom you killed The word **you** is plural. Even though Peter is responding to the high priest, who has been interrogating the apostles, Peter is referring here to the entire council. If your language does not use separate forms for singular and plural “you,” you could indicate that in some other way. Alternate translation: “whom you Sanhedrin members killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) +ACT 5 30 a394 figs-synecdoche ὃν ὑμεῖς διεχειρίσασθε 1 whom you killed It was the Romans who literally killed Jesus, but Peter says figuratively that the Sanhedrin members killed him because their demands led to his death. Alternate translation: “whom you demanded to be killed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ACT 5 30 pu5j figs-metonymy κρεμάσαντες ἐπὶ ξύλου 1 having hung him on a tree The word translated **tree** can mean either an actual tree or something made of wood. Peter is using the word to refer to the cross, which was made out of wood. Alternate translation: “having hung him on a wooden cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 5 30 a395 figs-explicit κρεμάσαντες ἐπὶ ξύλου 1 having hung him on a tree In some languages the word **hung** would suggest a different method of execution. For clarity, you could use a different word that might indicate the actual meaning better. Alternate translation: “having suspended him from a wooden cross” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 5 31 a396 figs-nominaladj τοῦτον 1 this one Peter is using the demonstrative adjective **this** as a noun to refer to a specific person, Jesus. (ULT shows that by adding **one**.) Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could specify whom Peter means. Alternate translation: “Jesus” or “this Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +ACT 5 31 a397 figs-nominaladj τῇ δεξιᾷ αὐτοῦ 1 to his right Peter is using the adjective **right** as a noun in order to indicate the right side. See how you translated the similar expression in [2:25](../02/25.md). Alternate translation: “to his right side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +ACT 5 31 uh2d translate-symaction τῇ δεξιᾷ αὐτοῦ 1 to his right God placing Jesus at his **right** side was a symbolic way of giving him great honor. Alternate translation: “to a place of great honor next to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) +ACT 5 31 mr1d figs-abstractnouns τοῦ δοῦναι μετάνοιαν τῷ Ἰσραὴλ καὶ ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν 1 to give repentance and forgiveness of sins to Israel If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the ideas behind the abstract nouns **repentance** and **forgiveness** with verbs. Alternate translation: ““to give the people of Israel an opportunity to repent and have God forgive their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) +ACT 5 31 q1il figs-personification Ἰσραὴλ 1 Israel Peter is referring figuratively to all of the people of Israel as if they were a single person, their ancestor, **Israel**. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) +ACT 5 32 a398 figs-exclusive ἡμεῖς 1 we Peter is addressing the Sanhedrin, but he is using the word **we** to refer only to himself and the other apostles. So if your language distinguishes between exclusive and inclusive “us,” it would be accurate to use the exclusive form here. Other languages may have other ways of indicating that **we** is exclusive here. Alternate translation: “we apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) +ACT 5 32 a399 figs-ellipsis καὶ τὸ Πνεῦμα τὸ Ἅγιον, ὃ ἔδωκεν ὁ Θεὸς τοῖς πειθαρχοῦσιν αὐτῷ 1 and the Holy Spirit, whom God has given to those obeying him Peter is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would need in many languages in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “and the Holy Spirit, whom God has given to those obeying him, is also a witness of these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) +ACT 5 32 yml6 figs-explicit ὃ ἔδωκεν ὁ Θεὸς τοῖς πειθαρχοῦσιν αὐτῷ 1 whom God has given to those obeying him Here at the end of his response to the high priest, Peter is echoing what he said at the beginning: “It is necessary to obey God rather than men.” He is defining himself and his fellow apostles as people who are committed to obeying God and to testifying about Jesus even if the authorities forbid them to do that. Peter is saying that God has given the apostles the Holy Spirit to empower them to give that testimony in obedience to him. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “whom God has given us to empower us to obey him by testifying about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 5 33 abx6 writing-pronouns οἱ…ἀκούσαντες διεπρίοντο, καὶ ἐβούλοντο ἀνελεῖν αὐτούς 1 having heard this, they were furious and wanted to kill them The pronoun **they** refers to the council members and the pronoun **them** refers to the apostles. Alternate translation: “the council members were furious when they heard this, and they wanted to kill the apostles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ACT 5 34 i2rr writing-participants τις…Φαρισαῖος ὀνόματι Γαμαλιήλ 1 a certain Pharisee, Gamaliel by name Luke uses this phrase to introduce a new character into the story. If your language has its own way of doing that, you can use it here in your translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) +ACT 5 34 a400 translate-names Φαρισαῖος 1 Pharisee The name **Pharisee** describes a member of a group of Jewish priests. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 5 34 a401 translate-names Γαμαλιήλ 1 Gamaliel **Gamaliel** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 5 34 a402 writing-background νομοδιδάσκαλος τίμιος παντὶ τῷ λαῷ 1 a law teacher, honored by all the people Luke provides this background information about Gamaliel to help readers understand what happens next in the story, when the council members follow Gamaliel’s advice to be patient rather than acting immediately against the apostles. In your translation, present this information in a way that would be natural in your own language and culture. It may be helpful to do that in a separate sentence, as UST does. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) +ACT 5 34 fpr4 figs-activepassive τίμιος παντὶ τῷ λαῷ 1 honored by all the people If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “whom all the people honored” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 5 34 a403 figs-hyperbole τίμιος παντὶ τῷ λαῷ 1 honored by all the people The word **all** is a generalization for emphasis. Alternate translation: “whom the people greatly honored” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) +ACT 5 34 a404 translate-symaction ἀναστὰς 1 rising up Here, **rising up** means that Gamaliel stood up. He did that to indicate that he had something important to say. Alternate translation: “standing up to show that he had something important to say” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) +ACT 5 34 xk6g figs-explicit ἐκέλευσεν ἔξω…τοὺς ἀνθρώπους ποιῆσαι 1 commanded to put the apostles outside Your language may require you to specify the object of **commanded**. Alternate translation: “commanded the officers to take the apostles outside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 5 34 a405 figs-nominaladj βραχὺ 1 for a little Luke is using the adjective **little** as a noun in order to indicate a length of time. Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you can supply a word such as “while” to show this. Alternate translation: “for a little while” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +ACT 5 35 a406 grammar-connect-time-sequential τε 1 And Luke is using the word translated **And** to indicate that Gamaliel spoke after the officers had taken the apostles out of the council chamber. Alternate translation: “Then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) +ACT 5 35 a407 figs-idiom ἄνδρες, Ἰσραηλεῖται 1 Men, Israelites This is an idiomatic form of address. Alternate translation: “My fellow Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 5 35 ae1u figs-explicit προσέχετε ἑαυτοῖς ἐπὶ τοῖς ἀνθρώποις τούτοις τί μέλλετε πράσσειν 1 pay attention to yourselves, what you are about to do to these men Gamaliel is warning the council members not to do something that they will later regret. He means “be very careful about what you do to these men,” and you could say that as an alternate translation. However, the implication is that the council should not kill the apostles, as [5:33](../05/33.md) says they want to do. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “you need to be very cautious and not kill these men, because you might deeply regret that later” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 5 36 a408 figs-idiom πρὸ…τούτων τῶν ἡμερῶν 1 before these days Gamaliel is using the term **days** idiomatically to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “some time ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 5 36 a409 translate-names Θευδᾶς 1 Theudas **Theudas** is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 5 36 uaj6 figs-metaphor ἀνέστη 1 rose up In this context, **rose up** figuratively means that Theudas rebelled against the Roman government. Alternate translation: “rebelled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 5 36 b3nl figs-idiom λέγων εἶναί τινα ἑαυτόν 1 saying himself to be somebody This is an idiom. Alternate translation: “saying that he was somebody important” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 5 36 a410 figs-activepassive ᾧ προσεκλίθη ἀνδρῶν ἀριθμὸς 1 to whom was joined a number of men If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. As the General Notes to this chapter suggest, it may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation: “whom a number of men joined” or, as a new sentence, “A number of men joined him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 5 36 ie3x figs-activepassive ὃς ἀνῃρέθη 1 who was killed If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. It may be helpful to begin another new sentence here. Alternate translation: “whom the Romans killed” or, as a new sentence, “But the Romans killed him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 5 36 juz1 figs-activepassive ὅσοι ἐπείθοντο αὐτῷ 1 as many as were persuaded by him If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “as many as he had persuaded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 5 36 a411 figs-activepassive διελύθησαν 1 were dispersed If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “dispersed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 5 36 rzg5 καὶ ἐγένοντο εἰς οὐδέν 1 and they came to nothing Alternate translation: “and their plans did not succeed” +ACT 5 37 f33y figs-nominaladj μετὰ τοῦτον 1 After this one Gamaliel is using the demonstrative adjective **this** as a noun to refer to a specific person, Theudas. (ULT shows that by adding **one**.) Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you could use a pronoun or this man’s name. Alternate translation: “After him” or “After Theudas” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +ACT 5 37 a412 translate-names Ἰούδας ὁ Γαλιλαῖος 1 Judas the Galilean **Judas** is the name of a man. See how you translated the same name, for two different men, in [1:13](../01/13.md) and [1:16](../01/16.md). **Galilean** is the name for someone who is from the region of Galilee. See how you translated that name in [1:11](../01/11.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) +ACT 5 37 a413 figs-metaphor ἀνέστη 1 rose up As in [5:36](../05/36.md), **rose up** here figuratively means that Judas rebelled against the Roman government. Alternate translation: “rebelled” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 5 37 p56f figs-idiom ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τῆς ἀπογραφῆς 1 in the days of the census Gamaliel is using the term **days** idiomatically to refer to a specific time. Alternate translation: “at the time of the census” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 5 37 kz4s figs-idiom ἀπέστησε λαὸν ὀπίσω αὐτοῦ 1 drew away people after him Here, **drew away** is an idiom that means Judas persuaded people to rebel with him against the Roman government. Alternate translation: “persuaded people to join him in rebellion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) +ACT 5 37 a414 figs-nominaladj κἀκεῖνος 1 That one also Gamaliel is using the demonstrative adjective **that** as a noun to refer to a specific person, Judas. (ULT shows that by adding **one**.) Your language may use adjectives in the same way. If not, you use a pronoun or this man’s name. Alternate translation: “He also” or “Judas also” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-nominaladj]]) +ACT 5 37 a415 figs-activepassive ὅσοι ἐπείθοντο αὐτῷ 1 as many as were persuaded by him If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “as many as he had persuaded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 5 37 a416 figs-activepassive διεσκορπίσθησαν 1 were scattered If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “scattered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 5 38 i4bw καὶ τὰ νῦν λέγω ὑμῖν 1 And now I say these things to you Gamaliel uses this expression to shift the council members’ attention away from the stories of Theudas and Judas so that he so that he give them some direct advice. In your translation, use a word, phrase, or other method in your language that would be natural for this same purpose. +ACT 5 38 a417 grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 And Gamaliel is using the word translated **And** to introduce what he wants the council to conclude as a result of the two examples he has given. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ACT 5 38 wz89 ἀπόστητε ἀπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων τούτων καὶ ἄφετε αὐτούς 1 keep away from these men and release them When Gamaliel tells the council to **keep away from these men**, he implicitly means that they should not execute them, as [5:33](../05/33.md) says they wanted to do. Alternate translation: “do not execute these men or put them back in prison” +ACT 5 38 zh1d ἐὰν ᾖ ἐξ ἀνθρώπων, ἡ βουλὴ αὕτη ἢ τὸ ἔργον τοῦτο 1 if this counsel or this work is from men Alternate translation: “if men have devised this plan or are doing this work” +ACT 5 38 a418 figs-gendernotations ἀνθρώπων 1 men Gamaliel is using the term **men** in a generic sense to mean “humans.” Since he contrasts **from men** here with “from God” in the next verse, it may be appropriate to add the word “mere” to help show that contrast. Alternate translation: “mere humans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) +ACT 5 38 uql8 figs-activepassive καταλυθήσεται 1 it will be destroyed If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “someone will destroy it” or “it will not last” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 5 39 a419 grammar-connect-logic-contrast δὲ 1 but Gamaliel uses this word to introduce a contrast between what would happen if the work the apostles are doing were “from men” and what would happen if it were **from God**. As the General Notes to this chapter suggest, it may be helpful to begin a new sentence here. Alternate translation, as a new sentence: “However,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) +ACT 5 39 j819 writing-pronouns εἰ…ἐκ Θεοῦ ἐστιν 1 if it is from God Here the pronoun **it** refers back to the phrase “this counsel or this work” in the previous verse. Alternate translation: “if God has devised this plan or commanded these men to do this work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-pronouns]]) +ACT 5 39 a420 figs-explicit μήποτε 1 lest It may be helpful to state the implications of the word **lest** explicitly. Alternate translation: “and if you do try to destroy them,” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 5 39 a421 figs-activepassive καὶ θεομάχοι εὑρεθῆτε 1 you may even be found If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. However, since this is also an idiom (see next note), it would only be meaningful to do that in your translation if your language uses the verb “find” in the same idiomatic sense. Alternate translation: “people may even find you to be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 5 39 a422 figs-activepassive εὑρεθῆτε 1 be found The expression **be found** is an idiom. Alternate translation: “turn out to be” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 5 39 cyp1 figs-activepassive ἐπείσθησαν…αὐτῷ 1 they were persuaded by him If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Gamaliel persuaded them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 5 40 z31c grammar-connect-logic-result καὶ 1 And Luke uses the word translated **And** to introduce what the Sanhedrin did as a result of Gamaliel’s advice. Alternate translation: “So” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) +ACT 5 40 p6lz figs-synecdoche προσκαλεσάμενοι τοὺς ἀποστόλους, δείραντες παρήγγειλαν 1 summoning the apostles, having beaten them, they commanded them The Sanhedrin would have ordered their officers to bring back the apostles and beat them. They did not do those things personally. But Luke speaks figuratively as if they did do those things because they ordered them to be done. Alternate translation: “they had their officers bring back the apostles and beat them, and then they commanded them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) +ACT 5 40 fca9 figs-metonymy λαλεῖν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι τοῦ Ἰησοῦ 1 to speak in the name of Jesus Here, **name** figuratively means the person of Jesus. See how you translated the similar expression in [4:17](../04/17.md). Alternate translation: “to speak about Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 5 41 a423 figs-metaphor ἀπὸ προσώπου τοῦ Συνεδρίου 1 from the face of the Sanhedrin Luke is using the word **face** figuratively to mean “presence.” Alternate translation: “from the presence of the Sanhedrin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) +ACT 5 41 cv8y figs-activepassive κατηξιώθησαν 1 they had been considered worthy If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you could say who did the action. Alternate translation: “God had considered them worthy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) +ACT 5 41 lk82 figs-metonymy ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματος 1 for the Name Here, **the Name** figuratively means Jesus. Alternate translation: “for Jesus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) +ACT 5 42 jj94 writing-endofstory τε 1 And Luke uses the word translated **And** to introduce information about what happened after this story as a result of the events within the story itself. You language may have its own way of indicating how such information relates to a story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-endofstory]]) +ACT 5 42 kyp6 figs-explicit ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ 1 in the temple Only priests were allowed inside the temple building, so **the temple** means the courtyard around the temple. Alternate translation: “in the temple courtyard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) +ACT 5 42 a424 figs-litotes οὐκ ἐπαύοντο, διδάσκοντες καὶ εὐαγγελιζόμενοι 1 they did not cease teaching and proclaiming the gospel Luke is expressing a positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “they continued to teach and to proclaim the gospel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) ACT 6 intro z5r5 0 # Acts 06 General Notes
## Special concepts in this chapter

### The distribution to the widows

The believers in Jerusalem gave food every day to women whose husbands had died. All of them had been raised as Jews, but some of them had lived in Judea and spoke Hebrew, and others had lived in Gentile areas and spoke Greek. Those who gave out the food gave it to the Hebrew-speaking widows but not to the Greek-speaking widows. To please God, the church leaders appointed Greek-speaking men to make sure the Greek-speaking widows received their share of the food. One of these Greek-speaking men was Stephen.

## Other possible translation difficulties in this chapter

### “His face was like the face of an angel”

No one knows for sure what it was about Stephen’s face that was like the face of an angel, because Luke does not tell us. It is best for the translation to say only what the ULT says about this. ACT 6 1 ky47 writing-background 0 General Information: This is the beginning of a new part of the story. Luke gives important background information to understand the story. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) ACT 6 1 f8br writing-newevent ἐν δὲ ταῖς ἡμέραις ταύταις 1 Now in those days Consider how new parts of a story are introduced in your language. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-newevent]])